Great Plains Technology Center

Post-Secondary Catalog Lawton & Tillman-Kiowa Campuses

2021-2022

District No. 9 4500 West Lee Boulevard

Lawton, OK 73505 580-355-6371

and 2001 East Gladstone Frederick, OK 73542

580-335-5525

2 | P a g e

Table of Contents Page(s)

Great Plains Technology Center’s Purposes and Goals……………...………………………………………………………………………. 3 Student Handbook……...…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..... 4

Lawton & Tillman-Kiowa Campus Facility Maps….…………………………………………………………………………….….. 6,8 Lawton Campus Classrooms and Labs/Shop Room Numbers………………..………………………………………...………..... 7 Lawton & Tillman-Kiowa School Calendars……………………………………….……………………………………...…………… 9 Lawton & Tillman-Kiowa Instructors…………….………………………………….………………………………….……………… 11

Notice of Non-Discrimination………………….…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 13 Policies on Delegation………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 13 Adult Student Policies............................................................................................................................................................................ 14

Attendance…...………………………………..………………………..……………………………………………………………….. 14 Grading…………………….……………………………………………………..……………………………………………………… 15

Code of Conduct.…………………………..……………………………….…………………………………………………………………….... 17 Grievance Procedures…………………………………………………………….………………………………………………………………. 25 Transfer Policy………………………….……………………………………………….……………………………………………................... 26 Financial Aid………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….. 27 Refund Policy………………………….…...………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 30 Accreditation………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 34 Policies and Guidelines for Enrollment………………………………………………………………………………………………………….35 Application Checklist Non-Medical……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….38 Tuitions, Fees, and Cost of Programs……………………………………………………………………………………………………………39 Full-Time Adult Programs Courses of Study & Cost Sheet…………………………………………………………………………… 41-282

3D Animation…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………... 42 Automotive Service Technician……………….………………………………………………………………...…………………. 50 Carpentry Level I……….……………………….…………………………………………………………………………..………. 60 Carpentry Level II……….……………………….……………………………………………………………………………..……. 69 Combination Collision….……………………….……………………………………………………………..…………………….. 77 Construction Technology Phase I-Frederick Campus….……….……………… ………………………..……………………... 85 Combination Welder- Lawton Campus ……..…………………………………………………………….…………….…………. 95 Construction Level I…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..104 Construction Level II………..…………………………………………………………………………….………………………… 113 Cosmetologist……………….……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 124 Criminal Justice Officer…….…………………………………………………………………………………………...…………... 133 Culinary Coordinator……….……………………………………………………………………………………………………...… 143 Culinary Hospitality……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………150 Cyber Security……….……....……………………………………………………………………………………………….…….... 158 Graphic Design and Photography…..……………………………………………………………………………………...………. 167 Electrical Level I………………………..………………………………………………………………………………….………..... 177 Firefighter/EMT Academy……………..…………………………………………………………………………………………...... 186 Long Term Nurse Aid …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………194 Residential HVAC Technician………..…………………………………………………………………...……………………….... 204 Information Technology Services…...……………………………………………….…………………………………………….... 214 Medical Office Assistant………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………223 Multimedia Assistant……….………..……………………………………………………………………..…………………………. 232 Network Computer…….……………..……………………………………………………………………………………………..… 241 Video Producer…….…………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………..….. 249 Practical Nurse……….………………...………………………………………………………………………………………….….. 257

Practical Nurse Application and Checklist…………………………………………………………………..……..……273 Surgical Technology….………………....………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 279

Surgical Technologist Application and Checklist……………………….……………………………………………….298 Programs That Are Not Accredited…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 299

3 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER’S PURPOSE AND GOALS STATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY

The educational program of the technology center will focus on the individual. In assisting each individual to become a responsible citizen, the technology center is contributing to the betterment or our nation and society as a whole. Education is essential to the development of character, physical and mental health, emotional security and provides the foundation for successful living in an ever-changing world.

VISION

Great Plains Technology Center offers valuable career education for every person, business, and organizations.

MISSION

The mission is to prepare individuals for success in work and life, serving as a driving force for economic development in Southwest Oklahoma.

CORE VALUES

We are committed to the communities we serve. We are ethical and accountable for our decisions and actions. We are dedicated to promoting economic development in Southwest Oklahoma.

CORE BELIEFS GPTC believes in the unity of the school and the communities it serves. GPTC believes lifelong learning promotes economic advancement for the students and

communities we serve. GPTC believes stakeholders are integral to improving programs and services. GPTC believes employability skills, technical competence, and academic rigor are essential

for student success. GPTC believes we prepare our students to be among the most highly skilled workers in the

world.

4 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER District No. 9

4500 West Lee Boulevard Lawton, OK 73505

580-355-6371 and

2001 E. Gladstone Frederick, OK 73542

580-335-5525

PURPOSE OF HANDBOOK This handbook has been designed to acquaint the students with the policies, services, and procedures of Great

Plains Technology Center. It should be kept as a ready reference to questions that may arise during the school year. Each student is held responsible for these policies throughout the year.

INTRODUCTION The Great Plains Technology Center is a modern facility with more than 300,000 square feet, which began its

training programs in September of 1971. Enrollment has grown steadily and we now serve in excess of 13,000 high school and adult students in both the day and night programs annually. A satellite school in Frederick for Tillman & Kiowa Counties was completed in the fall of 1991.

The Great Plains Technology Center District #9 encompasses 17 school districts. The following high schools send students to the Technology Center.

COMANCHE CAMPUS Big Pasture Fletcher

Cache Geronimo Eisenhower Indiahoma

Elgin Lawton Acad. of Arts & Sci. EPIC Charter OK Virtual Charter Acad.

Sterling TILLMAN / KIOWA CAMPUS

Davidson Frederick Grandfield Snyder

Tipton

5 | P a g e

DISTRICT #9

BOARD OF EDUCATION

Clark Smith – President Arthur Patrick – Vice President

Howard Johnson – Clerk Homer Ryan – Member

George Bridges, Jr., D.D.S. – Member Leah Fultz – Treasurer

ADMINISTRATION

Clarence Fortney – Superintendent Karen Bailey – Deputy Superintendent

Ken McKee – Campus Director, Tillman/Kiowa County Campus Justin McNeil – Campus Director/Principal

William Matthey – Director of Instructional Support Services James Bishop – Director of Instruction

Joelle Jolly – Director of Student Support Services Blake Thomas – Director of School of Career Opportunities & Real Education

Morgan Gould – Director of Business & Industry Services & Adult Career Development Susan Hardy Brooks – Director of Marketing & Communications

Mike Newell – Director of Health Careers & STEM Education Lance Alston – Director of Information Technology Keith Bridges – Director of Economic Development\

Lindsey Billen – Director of Finance Justin Neeley – Director of Maintenance

Valerie Anderson – Director of Human Resources

FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT I am proud to welcome you to Great Plains Technology Center – a school that holds a special place in my life. In 1976, I stood where you are now. I, too, came to Great Plains as a high school student. To this day I use skills that I learned in my occupational program. I also gained leadership skills in my career and technical student organization, competed in skills contests and served as a class officer. Great Plains set my feet on a path of opportunity that led me to where I am today.

I challenge each Great Plains student to proudly pursue your specialized occupational training. We have the best subject matter experts to teach and coach you and have surrounded you with a supportive, caring staff that wants you to succeed.

Give Great Plains your time and attention. Set goals for yourself. We are here to help you succeed now and in the future. Take advantage of our open-door policy to talk to us about your experiences here. May your school year build skills for your future and pride in your accomplishments. Clarence Fortney

6 | P a g e

Lawton Campus MapC

7 | P a g e

COMANCHE COUNTY CAMPUS CLASSROOM AND LAB/SHOP NUMBERS

MAIN EDUCATION BLDG. Bldg. # 100 101. Business Office 102b. Public Information 103. Cyber Security Forensics 105. 3D Animator 106. Video Producer Editor 107. Student Support Svcs / Financial Aid 111. One Stop Enrollment Center / Student

Office / Bookstore 111a. Campus Director/Principal 111b. Director of Instruction 111c. Registrar 112. Activities Coordinator 117. Campus Grounds 117a Storage 118. The Range 118a. Staff Lounge 118b. Prairie Room 119. Kitchen 119a Dish Room 119b Storage (dish room) 119c Laundry Room 119d Teaching Assistant Office 119e Mechanical Room 120. Dry Stock Room 121. Classroom 121a. Storage (north wall) 121b. Storage (west wall) 121c. Instructor Office 121d. Instructor Office 121e. Storage (east wall) 121f. Women’s Locker Room 121g. Staff Locker Room 121h. Men’s Locker Room 123. Pre-Engineering / Brown 125. Biomedical Science/Archer 127. Network Technician Associate 129. Information Technology Service 130. Graphic Design and Photography 132. H.V.A.C. Technician 137. LPD Office 138. Human Resources 139 LPD Office 141. Pre-Engineering 141c. Robotics Lab 143. Service Careers 144-146. Pre-Engineering 148a Audio / Video Specialist 148f. Academic Center 148g. Adult Basic Education 150b. Welding Classroom 155. Combination Welder 156. Combination Collision Repair

Technician S.C.O.R.E. ACADEMY BUILDING BLDG # 200 201. Testing Room 202. S.C.O.R.E. Director 204. Conference Room 205. S.C.O.R.E. Registrar 206. English 214. I.S.D. 215. English 215b. Assistant S.C.O.R.E. Director 216. Math 217. Carpentry 218. Construction Trades

219c Tech. Exploration 219a. Math / Science 219b. Biology / Science 220. Electrical Shop 221. History 222. Electrical 223. Math/Science WORLEY SEMINAR CENTER BLDG # 300 300. Accreditation & Planning Coordinator 301. Seminar Auditorium 301a. Seminar Auditorium 301b. Seminar Auditorium 308. Testing Center 309-312. 312. Instructional Support Services 314. Pre-Education 315. Medical Office /Financial Clerk 316. Computer Lab 317. Computer Lab 318. Test Center 319. Test Center JOHNSON AUTOMOTIVE CENTER BLDG # 400 401. Information Technology Dept. 401H Safe Room 408. Automotive Service Technician Classroom - Whitaker 415. Automotive Service Technician Classroom - Thomason PURCHASING / RECEIVING BLDG # 500 ECONOMIC DEV. CENTER BLDG # 600 601. Director of BIS 602 - 607. Offices 614. Classroom 615. Plan Room 616. Office 617. Safety Classroom 618. Safety Classroom 619. Faculty Lounge 623. Teleconference Center 623c. Office 623d. Office 624. Office 625. Classroom 626. Classroom 627. Student Lounge 630. Classroom 631. Classroom 634. Classroom 635. Classroom 637. Electrical Shop 640. Welding Shop 641 – 647. Offices 649. Lab 650. Machine Shop 651. Lab 655 Seminar Room 656. Seminar Room

HEALTH CAREERS CENTER BLDG # 700 701. Centennial Conference Room 704. Advanced Respiratory Therapist

Clinical Coordinator 707. LPD Office 709. Surgical Technologist Lab 710. Office 711. Surgical Technologist Clinical

Coordinator 712. First Aid Room 713. Radiologic Technology Program

Director 715. Student Lounge 717. Computer Lab 719. Conference Room 721. Staff Lounge 722. Radiologic Technology Lab 723. Medical Library 726. Health Careers Lab 727. Radiologic Technology I 728. Advanced Respiratory Therapist Lab 729. Radiologic Technology II 732. Surgical Technologist 733. Health Careers Lab 734. Surgical Technologist Program

Director 735. Nursing Assistant (E. Grant) 737. Nursing Assistant (H. Henry) 740. Advanced Respiratory Therapist

Program Director 742. Advanced Respiratory Therapist 748. ABE Classroom 752. L.P.N. Traditional 753. L.P.N. / LTCNA Lab 756. Distance Learning Classroom 757. L. P.N. Flex 758. L.P.N. Coordinator 760 Long Term Care/Nurse Aide 761. L.P.N. Flex FIREFIGHTER/E.M.T. BUILDING BLDG # 800 801. Classroom 802. Classroom 803. Advanced Firefighter 804. Classroom 805. Computer Lab 810. E.M.T. Lab 811. E.M.T./Fire Training Bay LAW ENFORCEMENT & EMERGENCY SERVICES BUILDING BLDG # 900 910. Criminal Justice BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CENTER 1601 SW Park Ridge

8 | P a g e

TILLMAN/KIOWA CAMPUS

Combination Welder

9 | P a g e

10 | P a g e

11 | P a g e

LAWTON CAMPUS INSTRUCTORS

Architecture and Constructions Instructors Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree

Carpenter Level I / Carpentry Level II Tanner Briggs Cameron University Bachelor Degree Carpenter Level I / Carpentry Level II Clayton Snodgrass High School High School Diploma

Electrical Level I/ Electrical Level II Michael Klein High School High School Diploma Construction Technology Bryan Smith Cameron University Bachelor Degree

Business Management & Administration Cluster Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree

Financial Clerk/Medical Office Assistant Nicole Metzger Oklahoma State University High School Diploma

Health Science Cluster Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree

Practical Nurse Coordinator Karen Shirey University of Oklahoma Master's Degree

Practical Nurse Coordinator Kay Ray Southwestern Oklahoma State University Bachelor Degree

Practical Nurse Coordinator Erica Grant Oklahoma City University Bachelor Degree

Practical Nurse Coordinator Melissa Price Southwestern Oklahoma State University Bachelor Degree

Practical Nurse Coordinator Casey Prisby University of Oklahoma Master's Degree

Practical Nurse Coordinator Emily Simpson Georgetown University Master's Degree

Practical Nurse Coordinator Jennifer Ward University of Oklahoma Master's Degree

Practical Nurse Coordinator Pamela Williams University of Oklahoma Master's Degree

Surgical Technologist Director Livia Rocha Western Oklahoma State College Associate Degree

Surgical Technologist Clinical Instructor Cherisse Martin High School High School Diploma

Hospitality & Tourism Cluster Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree

Culinary Coordinator/Assistant Lori Grant Meridian Technology Center Bachelor Degree Culinary Coordinator/Assistant Ginger Seibold Oklahoma State University Bachelor Degree

Information Technology Center Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree

Information Technology Services Jeff Standridge Cameron University Associate Degree Network Technician Associate Nicholas Alexander Oklahoma State University/IT Technical Diploma

Video Producer Daniel Tibbs Art Institute of Dallas Associate Degree

12 | P a g e

Law, Public Safety, Corrections & Security Cluster

Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree Firefighter Academy Nancy Howell OSU Bachelor Degree

EMT Academy Linda Pledger University of Phoenix Bachelor Degree Criminal Justice Officer Brad Davis Cameron University Bachelor Degree

Transportation, Distribution, and Logistics Cluster

Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree

Automotive Service Technician Michael Thomason High School High School Diploma Automotive Service Technician Chester Whitaker High School High School Diploma

Combination Collision Anthony Josey UCO Associate Degree

Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree Combination Welder Konrad Littau High School High School Diploma

TILLMAN/KIOWA INSTRUCTORS

Manufacturing Cluster

Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree Combination Welder Brent Stone High School High School Diploma

Architecture & Construction Cluster

Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree Construction Technology

I/Construction Technology II Bryan Smith Cameron University Bachelor Degree

Human Services

Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree Cosmetology Linda Woody Oklahoma State University Bachelor Degree

Information Technology Cluster

Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree

Multimedia Assistant Miranda Fritts Cameron University Bachelor Degree

Health Science Cluster

Occupation First Name Last Name College Degree Practical Nurse Leslie Foster University of Oklahoma Bachelor Degree

13 | P a g e

Except to the extent permitted by law, the Facility, the School, Clinical Coordinator, School Program Faculty, Clinical Staff/Instructors and Students shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, sex, this is to include genetic information, as well as sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, age, religion, national origin, or because the employee or applicant is an individual with a disability, or is a qualified protected veteran in the performance of this Agreement.

The following persons have been designated to handle inquiries regarding the non-discrimination policies: Title IX: Morgan Gould, Director of Business Services, mgould@greatplains.edu; and or Joelle Jolly, Director of Student Services, jjolly@greatplains.edu at Great Plains Technology Center, 4500 SW. Lee, Lawton. In Frederick: Ken McKee, Campus Director, kmckee@greatplains.edu and/or Mandy Carter, Counselor, mcarter@greatplains.edu, 580.335.5525 at Great Plains Technology Center, 2001 E. Gladstone, Frederick, OK.

The following person has been designated to handle inquiries regarding to discrimination policies: Title IX: 504 Coordinator: Kristy Barnett, Disabilities Services Coordinator, kbarnett@greatplains.edu, 4500 SW. Lee Blvd., Lawton, OK 73505.

REAT PLAINS TECHNOLOG CENTER BOARD OF EDUCATION

POLICIES ON DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY Statement of Appreciation The Great Plains Board of Education expresses sincere thanks to the citizens of the community and to the professional staff for their cooperation in maintaining quality educational programs for the youth and adults of this community. The Board of Education is also extremely proud of those students who take advantage of the educational opportunities in the Great Plains district and by so doing, become contributing members of our democratic society. Statement on Integrating Academics There is a growing recognition that the future workplace will require new and different skills for all works. A study from ACT shows that high school students entering workforce training programs after graduation need academic skills similar to those of college-bound students. Not only will workers require job-specific skills, but workers will need transferable skills that will help them to acquire further education and training throughout their careers. Integrating academic and vocation/technical skills will only make the student more knowledgeable in high school, but will make them more knowledgeable in how to compete in a global economy filled with up-to-the minute technology and a demand for high-level worker skills. Processing problem-solving abilities, higher-order thinking skills, and communication/employ- ability skills are crucial for work in today’s global economy. Unfortunately, far too many students leave high school inadequately prepared, both academically and vocationally, for a lifetime of sustained working and learning. The integration of academic and career tech education is nation-wide school improvement effort that places more attention on the skills and knowledge students need to successfully transition from school to work and/or college. The Carl D. Perkins Vocational and Technical Education Act provides federal resources to help ensure that career and technical programs are academically rigorous and up-to-date with the needs of business and industry. It is highly recommended that all high school students experience a common academic program that prepares them for both college and workforce training, especially in the areas of math and reading skills. The integration of academic and career tech education at the Great Plains Technology Center offers an excellent opportunity to successfully effect change in an educational system that is committed to better preparing students for the future, whether they are academic or career-focused.

NOTICE OF NON-DISCRIMINATION

14 | P a g e

Statement of Responsibility In order to achieve these goals, the Great Plains Technology Center Board of Education is obligated to develop policies that will allow all students to be educated in an orderly environment, free from those disruptions which interfere with the learning process. The Campus Director is encouraged to involve staff, students, and parents in an advisory capacity. However, since the Campus Director responsibilities and authority are vitally related to the successful operation of the school, the Great Plains Technology Center Board of Education does not expect the Campus Director to relinquish the authority to make decisions. Within the bounds of law, policy, and directive, the Campus Director can delegate authority to members of the professional staff, who also become an important part of the school operation. The Campus Director/Principal is charged with assuring compliance to the school code on matters involving all students. In his/her absence, the following will have the authority to act on behalf of the Great Plains Technology Center (GPTC) on matters involving code:

Comanche County Campus: Tillman/Kiowa County Campus: Director of Instruction Counselor/Academic Center Coordinator S.C.O.R.E. Director Campus Director Director of Adult Career Development Director of Instructional Services Director of Health Careers & STEM Education

The Campus Director, the Director of Instruction, the Director of Health Careers & STEM Education, the

Director of S.C.O.R.E., the Campus Director, Tillman/Kiowa County Campus, and their designated representatives are hereafter referred to as the “Administrator”.

Adult Student Attendance Policy Maximum Number of Absences Post-Secondary students will be allowed no more than eight (8) absences per semester and four (4) absences for the summer semester. Makeup of seat time will be allowed up to 12 hours per semester for full time students and 6 hours for half time students. If a student exceeds the maximum number of absences with no seat time makeup, appropriate disciplinary action will be taken up to and including dismissal. Makeup Seat time makeup may be made up for documented absences with due dates determined by the instructor. Documentation should be turned in to the Full-time Adult Secretary and will be approved by the Campus Director/Principal. Documentation is not required to make up work or daily grades but is required for missing a test. Extenuating Circumstances

The Campus Director/Principal or Administrator for appropriate extenuating circumstances may waive this policy. Students receiving Federal Financial Aid and Veterans Administration benefits must maintain 90% attendance for each semester in order to continue receiving benefits. Any student who is a military reservist or National Guardsman that is called for active duty or drill duty will be granted a temporary leave of absence and can resume instruction upon return without penalty. Variances from the above policy shall be addressed in the individual handbooks.

15 | P a g e

Tardies Being to work on time is an important part of being employable, therefore, students must be in class

at the designated time. Habitual and/or excessive tardies will result in the instructor not being able to recommend a student to a potential employer. Tardies count toward attendance as follows: A. Any tardy up to one hour in length will count as 1 hour’s absence. B. Any tardy from one hour or two hours will equate to 2 hours absence. C. Any tardy after two hours will be equivalent to a full session’s absence (3 hours). D. Tardies will also be assessed appropriately for leaving class early. E. If a student exceeds 10 tardies per semester with no seat time makeup, appropriate disciplinary action will be taken up to and including dismissal. Temporary Interrupt

Temporary Interrupt (Leaves of Absence) may be granted to students under certain conditions. Approval by the instructional leader or his or her designee is required in all such cases. If an adult student misses five (5) consecutive days of scheduled instruction without proper notification, his/her enrollment will be interrupted. If absences were due to sickness or other extenuating circumstances, the student may be reinstated upon approval of the Director of Instruction or his or her designee; if not, the interruption will be permanent for that grading period. Written documentation of circumstances is required for this approval. Temporary interruptions will not exceed 20 school days. Medical programs will not exceed a maximum of a 5-day temporary interrupt per semester. Adult Student Grading Policy The grading system for adult students will be as follows:

A = 90 -100 D = 60 - 69 I = Incomplete* B = 80 - 89 F = Below 60 C = 70 - 79 W = Withdrawn All Incompletes must be made up within 2 weeks.

Variances from the above policy shall be addressed in the individual handbooks.

Repeated Courses A student may repeat up to four (4) courses or units as specified by the Course of Study in which the original grade was D or F and have only the second grade count in the calculation of the student’s retention grade point average. Students who repeat courses beyond the first four courses of D or F may do so with both the original grades and the repeat grades included in the calculation of the retention grade point average. Report Cards Grades of each secondary student will be sent to their partner high school for recording on the student’s transcript. The student’s partner school will then give out report cards according to their school schedule. Academic progress reports will be mailed to parent(s) and guardian(s) as the need arises. Adult grades are available, upon request, from their instructor. Transcripts Transcripts shall be requested in writing and submitted to the Registrar’s office located in Building 100, room 111. Transcripts may be issued on completed classes within 5 to 7 working days following the completion date of the class. No charge is assessed for transcripts and you may request up to 5 transcripts at one time. The Official Transcript Release Form is available at Great Plains Technology Center’s website at www.greatplains.edu/everyone/transcript-request/. Certification Testing Every student who has completed skill-related training for a career major, who has passed all related competency-based performance evaluations and who is considered ready to test by the instructor is required to take industry recognized/endorsed certification and/or licensure exam. With the approval of the program director, exceptions may be made if the policy poses a financial burden on the student.

Great Plains Technology Center also believes that providing for the direct costs of Advanced Placement tests, fees, and/or licensing examinations related to the student’s program of study is important.

16 | P a g e

Provision of the direct costs of Advanced Placement exams allows the student to obtain college credit prior to enrollment at participating colleges and universities, preparing the student for admission to and success in a postsecondary educational environment. A secondary student must apply for payment or reimbursement of the costs associated with the AP exam. As part of the application process, the student must meet the following criteria unless the instructor deems an exception is warranted:

1. Attend a minimum of 360 hours of full time instruction; 2. Have 95% attendance; 3. Earn a cumulative grade of “B” or better in the program; 4. Pass the instructor’s AP pre-test with a 3 or higher; and 5. Provide a copy of final exam results to the Director of Instructional Services.

Requirements for Continuing Enrollment A student is expected to make progress toward satisfactory completion of his/her Course of Study to be eligible for continued enrollment and be up to date with payments of tuition and fees. The student may change to another Course of Study with the permission of the Campus Director/Principal. A student who fails to attend class regularly or otherwise demonstrates a lack of appropriate concern for satisfactory progress and conduct will be terminated from the school. The appeal process does not apply to academic terminations. Any student may apply for reinstatement at the beginning of a new semester. Re-entrance after reasonable assurance of improved trainee attendance and effort will be on a space available basis, and will require administrative approval. Re-entrance after two (2) dismissals for excessive absences will be considered on an individual basis. Withdrawal and Final Clearance All secondary students who wish to terminate their course of training must obtain a withdrawal slip from their home high school administrative office. This must then be signed by the Great Plains Technology Center’s Campus Director/Principal or designee in order to provide the student with a record of clearance from this school. Full-time adult students must fill out a Withdrawal form when withdrawing from a course. For full-time adult students the last date of attendance is considered the withdrawal date. In order for students to officially “clear” at the end of the school year, and before a grade will be issued (*see below), it is the responsibility of the student to verify that they have done the following: A. Returned all school owned books; B. Completed all academic requirements; C. Returned all school owned tools; D. Turned in Student Identification Badge; E. Payment of all tuition & bills. *Adult transcripts will not be issued until final clearance is completed. Tuition Refunds It is the policy of the technology center board of education that students who have paid tuition for adult programs be given full or partial refunds under conditions stated in established guidelines. This policy applies when a student officially withdraws from a full-time or short-term multi-client classes prior to the specified time within the instructional period for which he/she has been charged and includes full or partial refund of tuition, fees and other charges.

The term “withdrawal” shall mean written notification by a student of his/her intention to discontinue class attendance. Procedures The purpose of these procedures is to establish a set of guidelines for the refund of tuition to students who wish to withdraw from full-time, short-term adult, Adult Career Development (ACD) courses, and international students.

17 | P a g e

General Guidelines 1. 100% tuition and supply fees are refundable to the student if the technology center cancels the program. 2. A student eligible for a refund should expect a minimum of three weeks (15 working days) from the date of refund request approval to receive a refund check. 3. No refund is given for book purchases. 4. Nonattendance of classes does not constitute official withdrawal. The student must utilize the School’s withdrawal process to be eligible for a refund. 5. A refund request will not be approved unless all financial obligations to the technology center have been met. 6. When a student is eligible for a refund, the amount of the refund may be credited toward enrollment in another technology center Full-Time Programs or Part Time Enrolled in a Full Time Program 1. 100% of the tuition will be refunded if the student withdraws before classes start or before the beginning of the sixth school day from the class start date. Short-Term Adult and ACD Courses 1. A 100% refund will be given if a student formally drops prior to the course start date. 2. 50% refund will be given for drops made from the course start date to two business days after the course start date. 3. For classes meeting five (5) or fewer days, NO refund will be given after the first class meeting date. 4. No refunds will be given for drops requested three or more business days after the course start date. Student Behavior The following behaviors at the technology center, while in technology center vehicles or going to or from or attending technology center events will result in disciplinary action, including the possibility of dismissal: 1. Arson 2. Altering or attempting to alter another individual’s food or beverage 3. Assault (whether physical or verbal) and/or battery 4. Attempting to incite or produce imminent violence directed against another person because of his or her race, color, sex, pregnancy, gender, gender expression or identity, national origin, religion, disability, veteran status, sexual orientation, age, or genetic information by making or transmitting or causing or allowing to be transmitted, any telephonic, computerized or electronic message 5. Attempting to incite or produce imminent violence directed against another person because of his or her race, color, sex, pregnancy, gender, gender expression or identity, national origin, religion, disability, veteran status, sexual orientation, age, or genetic information by broadcasting, publishing or distributing or causing or allowing to be broadcast, published or distributed, any message or material 6. Cheating 7. Conduct that threatens or jeopardizes the safety of others 8. Cutting class or sleeping, eating or refusing to work in class 9. Disruption of the educational process or operation of the school 10. Extortion 11. Failure to attend assigned detention, alternative school or other disciplinary assignment without approval 12. Failure to comply with state immunization records 13. False reports or false calls 14. Fighting 15. Forgery, fraud, or embezzlement 16. Gambling 17. Gang-related activity or action

18 | P a g e

18. Harassment, intimidation, and bullying, including gestures, written or verbal expression, electronic communication or physical acts 19. Hazings (whether involving initiations or not) in connection with any school activity, regardless of location 20. Immorality 21. Inappropriate attire, including violation of dress code 22. Inappropriate behavior or gestures 23. Indecent exposure 24. Intimidation or harassment because of race, color, sex, pregnancy, gender, gender expression or identity, national origin, religion, disability, veteran status, sexual orientation, age, or genetic information, including but not limited to: (a) assault and battery; (b) damage, destruction, vandalism or defacing any real or personal property; or threatening, by word or act, the acts identified in (a) or (b) 25. Obscene language 26. Physical or verbal abuse 27. Plagiarism 28. Possession or distribution of a caustic substance (unrelated to course work) 29. Possessing, distributing or viewing obscene materials, including electronic possession, distribution or viewing (sexting) 30. Possession of synthetic urine, a warmer or any other item with the intent to use that item to tamper with a drug or alcohol test 31. Possession, without prior authorization, of a wireless telecommunication device 32. Possession, threat or use of a dangerous weapon1 and related instrumentalities (i.e., bullets, shells, gun powder, pellets, etc.) 33. Possession, claimed possession, use, manufacture, distribution, sale, purchase, conspiracy to sell, distribute or possess or being in the chain of sale or distribution, or being under the influence of (a) alcoholic beverages, low- point beer (as defined by Oklahoma law, i.e., 3.2 beer), (b) any mind altering substance, except for medications taken for legitimate medical purposes pursuant to district policy, including but not limited to prescription medications for which the individual does not have a prescription, or medications used outside their intended therapeutic purpose, (c) paint, glue, aerosol sprays, salts, incense and other substances which may be used as an intoxicating substance, or (d) any substance believed or represented to be a prohibited substance, regardless of its actual content. 34. Possession, claimed possession, or distribution of illegal and/or drug related paraphernalia 35. Possession, claimed possession, distribution, or claimed distribution of supplements, prescription medicine and/or non-prescription medicine while at school and school related functions without prior administrative approval 36. Profanity 37. Purchasing, selling and/or attempting to purchase or sell prescription and non-prescription medicine while at school and school related functions 38. Sexual or other harassment of individuals including, but not limited to, students, school employees, volunteers 39. Theft 40. Threatening behavior, including but not limited to gestures, written, verbal, or physical acts, or electronic communications 41. Truancy 43. Use, possession, claimed possession, distribution, or selling tobacco or tobacco related products in any form, including but not limited to cigarettes, cigars, loose tobacco, rolling papers, chewing tobacco, snuff, matches, and lighters, and vapor products which includes noncombustible products that may or may not contain nicotine, that employ a mechanical heating element, battery, electronic circuit or other mechanism, regardless of shape or size, that can be used to produce a vapor in a solution or other form. A vapor product also includes any vapor cartridge or other container with or without nicotine or other form that is intended to be used with an electronic cigarette, electronic cigar, electronic cigarillo, electronic pipe or similar product or device and any vapor cartridge or other container of a solution, that may or may not contain nicotine, that is intended to be used with or in an electronic cigarette, electronic cigar, electronic cigarillo or electronic device. Vapor products not included are any products regulated by the United States Food and Drug Administration under Chapter V of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.

19 | P a g e

44. Use or possession of missing or stolen property if property is reasonably suspected to have been taken from a student, a technology center employee, or the technology center 45. Using racial, religious, ethnic, sexual, gender or disability-related epithets 46. Use of the school’s technology resources (i.e., computers, electronic mail, internet, and similar resources) in a manner prohibited by policies, in any manner not authorized by school officials, or in violation of law 47. Vandalism 48. Violation of board of education policies, rules or regulations or violation of school rules and regulations including, but not limited to, disrespect, lingering in restrooms, running in halls, bringing unauthorized items to school, inappropriate or unauthorized use of cellular phones or other electronic media, name calling, destroying or defacing school property 49. Vulgarity 50. Willful damage to school property 51. Willful disobedience of a directive of any school official Students suspended for a violent offense directed toward an instructor shall not be allowed to return to the instructor’s classroom without the instructor’s prior approval. Whether an offense is considered a violent offense, requiring an instructor’s approval as a condition of return to a particular classroom, shall be based on applicable provisions of the Oklahoma school law regarding student suspension and applicable criminal law distinguishing between violent and nonviolent offenses. In addition, conduct occurring outside of the normal school day or off school property that has a direct and immediate negative effect on the discipline or educational process or effectiveness of the school, will also result in disciplinary action, which may include removal from school. This includes but is not limited to electronic communication, whether or not such communication originated at school or with school equipment, if the communication is specifically directed at students or school personnel and concerns harassment, intimidation or bullying at school. School Safety and Bullying Prevention Act (OKLA. STAT. tit. 70, § 24-100.2) The Oklahoma Legislature established the School Safety and Bullying Prevention Act with the express intent of prohibiting bullying in all schools. In addition to the prohibition listed in the student discipline code, above, the board has adopted a separate policy prohibiting bullying and outlining the district’s plan to address it. Dismissal of Students Because of Failure to Meet or Comply with Essential Course Requirements The technology center’s course offerings include those that incorporate requirements essential to successful completion of the course. An example is the clinical hours a part of and necessary to completion of many health care courses. When a student cannot complete essential course requirements the student may be dismissed from a program for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to conduct, behavior, or other inability to meet mandatory parts of the program. Students dismissed for reasons falling within this part of the policy, will have the same rights with regard to removal as adult students who violate the technology center’s disciplinary code. Students Attending the Technology Center by Virtue of a Special Program In some instances, adult students are participating in programs offered by the technology center as a result of their eligibility established by terms of a federal or state program. In these instances, the programs establish eligibility requirements as well as minimum standards which students must meet in order to remain a part of the program and recipient of program benefits. Student participation and dismissal of the student may be governed by the program criteria. Students have no property interest in these programs and, as a result, those who violate expectations related to attendance, participation, and otherwise fail to meet the obligations which accompany participation, may be removed from the program with notice to the student and the program director. Whether to allow the student to return to the program and, if so, under what conditions, will be a joint decision of the designated school representatives and the designees for the federal or state program. The student’s dismissal or removal

20 | P a g e

shall include written notice to the program or project director of the student’s dismissal and the reasons for dismissal. Sexual and or Racial Harassment of Students The policy of this school district forbids discrimination against, or harassment of any student or staff on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, and disability. The Great Plains Technology Center Board of Education will not tolerate sexual and or racial harassment by any of its employees or students. The policy applies to all students and employees including non-employee volunteers whose work is subject to the control of school personnel. A separate policy applying to sexual and or racial harassment of employees has been developed. Sexual and/or Racial Harassment for the purpose of this policy: A. Sexual harassment includes verbal or physical sexual advances, including subtle pressure

for sexual activity; touching, pinching, patting, or brushing against; comments regarding physical or personality characteristics of a sexual nature; and sexually-oriented “kidding”, “teasing”, double meanings, and jokes. B. Demeaning comments about a student’s ability to excel in a class historically considered a non-traditional enrollment subject, privately talking to a student about sexual matters, hugging or touching a student inappropriately may constitute sexual harassment. C. Writing (graffiti) which names a student or otherwise identifies a student is potentially slanderous and constitutes sexual and or racial harassment. Graffiti of any kind will not be tolerated on school property. The Campus Director/Principal is direct to cause any graffiti or unauthorized writings to be removed immediately. D. Racial harassment includes verbal comments regarding physical or personality characteristics of a racial nature, kidding, teasing, double meanings, and jokes.

Specific Prohibitions:

A. Administrator and Supervisors (1) It is sexual harassment for any Great Plains Technology Center employee

to use his or her authority to solicit sexual favors or attention from students. (2) Administrators, supervisors, support personnel, or teachers who either

engage in sexual and or racial harassment of students or tolerate such conduct by other employees shall be subject to sanctions as described below.

(3) The Great Plains Technology Center school district is not concerned with the “off-duty” conduct of school personnel unless the conduct has or will have a negative impact on the educational process of the school. Any romantic or sexual affiliation between school personnel and students, including students who have reached the age of majority (21), during school hours will have a negative impact on the educational process and shall constitute a violation of school policy. Such violations may result in suspension of the student and suspension or termination for the employee. Any sexual affiliation between teachers and students under the age of 21 may constitute a crime under state or federal law.

Report, Investigation, and Sanctions: A. It is the express policy of the Great Plains Technology Center Board of Education to

encourage student victims of sexual and or racial harassment to come forward with such claims. This may be done through the Sexual and or Racial Discrimination Grievance policy.

(1) Students who feel that administrators, supervisors, support personnel, teachers, or other students are subjecting them to sexual and or racial harassment are encouraged to report these conditions to the appropriate administrator or teacher. If the student’s immediate administrator or teacher is the alleged offending person, the report will be made to the next higher level of administration or supervision, or to any responsible adult person.

21 | P a g e

(2) Confidentiality will be maintained and no reprisals or retaliation will be allowed to occur as a result of the good faith reporting of charges of sexual and or racial harassment.

B. In determining whether alleged conduct constitutes sexual and/or racial harassment, the totality of the circumstances, the nature of the conduct and the context in which the alleged conduct occurred will be investigated. The Campus Director/Principal has the responsibility of investigating and resolving complaints of sexual and/or racial harassment.

C. Any employee found to have engaged in sexual and/or racial harassment of students shall be subject to sanctions, including, but not limited to warning, suspension, or termination, subject to applicable procedural and due process requirements.

D. Any student found to have engaged in sexual and or racial harassment of other students or staff shall be subject to sanctions, including, but not limited to warning, suspension or other appropriate punishment subject to applicable procedural and due process requirements. (2.2V.).

In addition to the above, a student shall be subject to disciplinary action, including suspension from school, when charges are filed in any court, state or federal, which accuse a student of a criminal offense involving violence, moral turpitude, or drug-related activity occurring on or off school premises at any time, and it is determined that the filing of said charges cause, in the opinion of the school administration, a possibility that the continued attendance of the student at school could have a direct and adverse immediate effect on the discipline, operation, general welfare, educational environment, or safety of the school. Tobacco and/or Vapor Device Use/Possession Policies The Great Plains Technology Center Board of Education prohibits the use of simulated tobacco products or vapor device of any kind on campus, in leased or rented facilities, in school vehicles, and during all school-sponsored activities. Possession of tobacco products or vapor devices by secondary students is prohibited. A. The tobacco or vapor device use/possession warning shall be given to all students at the

start-of-year class orientation meetings, and at the time of enrollment for new students throughout the school year.

B. When start-of-year orientation announcements are used, students must be informed that the announcement regarding tobacco or vapor device use/possession is to serve as their first and only warning and that any violation will cause a 3-day suspension per occurrence. New enrollees must be given the same warning.

Definitions A. Alcohol/Drug/Mood-Altering Substances – shall include any alcohol or malt beverage, and

any and all drugs listed under state statute as a controlled substance, a chemical, abused substance or medication for which a prescription is required under the law and/or any substance which is intended to alter mood.

Examples of the above include, but are not limited to; beer, wine, liquor, wine coolers, marijuana, cocaine, crack, amphetamines, crank, hashish, PCP, LSD, chemical solvents, glue look-alike drugs, and any capsules or pills not registered with school personnel and given in accordance with the school district’s policy for the administration of medication to students in school.

B. Drug Paraphernalia – includes any utensil or item, which in the school’s judgment can be associated with the use of drugs, alcohol, or mood-altering substances. Examples include but are not limited to torches, roach clips, pipes, bowls, and rolling papers, etc.

C. Distribution – deliver, sell, pass, share, or give any alcohol, drug, or mood-altering substances, as defined by this policy, from one person to another or to aide herein.

D. Possession – possess or hold without any attempt to distribute any alcohol, drug, or mood-altering substance determined to be illegal or as defined by this policy. School and law enforcement officials will determine if the amount warrants the charge of possession with intent to distribute.

E. Drug/Alcohol Induced Medical Emergency – a student demonstrates symptoms of possible alcohol/drug overdose which may include incoherence, inability to response, vomiting, unconsciousness, seizures, etc.

22 | P a g e

F. School Premises - shall include not only actual building, facilities, and grounds on the school campus, but shall also include school buses, school bus stops, school parking areas, and any off-campus facility that is being used for a school function. School property also includes student travel to and from school or school activities.

G. Extracurricular Activity – shall include any school-sponsored activity such as field trips, school clubs, and social activities regardless of the time frame of the activity.

Disciplinary Procedures for Alcohol and Drug Offenses

Student distribution, use or possession or being under the influence of alcoholic beverages, unlawful drugs, controlled substances, hallucinogens/inhalants, or items that are purported to be unlawful drugs or controlled substances are those defined as illegal under the law of the United States, State of Oklahoma, and the City of Lawton. Illegal conduct, such as possession, possession with intent to distribute, distribution, and possession of drug paraphernalia, will be reported to the police. When any of the conduct described in this paragraph (3.2) occurs during school time, on school premises, or during school-sponsored activities, district action will be independent of police or court action and could result in suspension, denial of privilege to drive any vehicle on school premises, or recommendations for outside treatment.

School personnel will immediately notify the appropriate Administrator when they reasonably believe a student to be under the influence or in possession of alcohol, unlawful drugs, controlled substances, hallucinogens/inhalants or drug paraphernalia. Thereupon the Administrator will contact the parents or legal guardian. Circumstances may require the assistance of the law enforcement agencies. The following disciplinary actions will apply, except in exceptional circumstances: Use, Possession, Under the Influence, Distribution and Possession of Drug Paraphernalia A. First Offense (1) The appropriate Administrator will notify parents/guardians and request an immediate

conference. Law enforcement officials will be notified if student is in possession of alcohol, illegal substances and/or drug paraphernalia.

(2) The student is subject to suspension for a minimum of the remaining semester and up to the next full semester. At the suspension hearing, if student and parent/guardian agree to seek and complete professional treatment at a licensed treatment agency; a second formal hearing will be held to consider the disposition of the student’s suspension, if student and parent/guardian furnish proof of completing treatment at a licensed treatment agency.

B. Second and Subsequent Offenses (1) The student will be suspended for the remainder of the current semester and next full

semester. The student and parents/legal guardians will be recommended to seek an assessment and/or treatment at a licensed treatment agency.

Suspected Use of Alcohol or Drugs

The possible alcohol/drug use of a student is a real concern; therefore, the following school policy: Whenever it appears to any Great Plains Technology Center teacher that a student may be under the influence of or has in his/her possession non-intoxicating beverages, alcoholic beverages, or a controlled dangerous substance, that teacher shall report the matter to the Campus Director/Principal. The Campus Director/Principal shall immediately notify the Superintendent and the student’s parent or legal guardian of the matter.

Any suspension and/or search of said student will be subject to any applicable school policies, state laws or student handbook regulations. No officer or employee of any public school district or member of any school board shall be subject to any civil liability for any statement, report, or action taken in assisting or referring for assistance to any medical treatment, social service agency or facility or any substance abuse prevention and treatment

23 | P a g e

program any student reasonably believed to be abusing or incapacitated by the use of non-intoxicating beverages, alcoholic beverages or a controlled dangerous substance unless such assistance or referral was made in bad faith or with malicious purpose. No such officer or employee of any public school district, member of any school board, school or school district shall be responsible for any treatment costs incurred by a student. (Title 70, O.S. Supp. 1986, Section 24-138, amended May 1987) Possession of Use of Weapons It is the policy of this school district to comply fully with the Gun-Free Schools Act. A. Any student in this school district who uses or possesses a firearm at school, at any school-sponsored event, or in or upon any school property including school transportation or school-sponsored transportation except under Oklahoma Statue, Title 21, Section 1290 will be removed from school for not less than one (1) full calendar year. Such firearm or weapon will be confiscated and released only to proper legal authorities. Firearms are defined in title 18 of the United States Code, Section 921, as:

(1) Any weapon (including a starter gun) which will, or is designed to, or may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive;

(2) The frame or receiver of any such weapon; (3) Any firearm muffler or firearm silencer; (4) Any destructive device, including any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, bomb,

grenade, or rocket, having a propellant charge of more than four ounces; a missile having any explosive incendiary charge of more than one-quarter ounce; or mine or any device similar to the above.

Great Plains Technology Center defines a firearm as any device that emits a projectile that can or might cause damage, injury, or mayhem. B. Oklahoma Statue, Title 21, Section 1280 prohibits any person, except a peace officer or other person authorized by the Great Plains Technology Center Board of Education, to have in such person’s possession on any public or private school property or while in any school bus or vehicle used by any school for transportation of students or teachers any weapon as defined below:

Any pistol , revolver, dagger, bowie knife, dirk knife, switchblade knife, spring-type, sword cane, knife having a blade which opens automatically by hand pressure applied to a button, spring, or other device in the handle of the knife, black jack, loaded cane, Billy club, hand chain, metal knuckles, laser, stun gun, pepper spray, or any other offensive weapon. Definition of weapon is not limited to examples listed. Any knife with a blade length greater than 2.5 inches shall be considered an offensive weapon as well.

First and Subsequent Offenses (a) The appropriate Administrator will notify the parents/guardians and request an

immediate conference. Law enforcement officials will be notified immediately. (b) The student will be suspended for the remainder of the current semester and up-to-the next full semester as determined by the Campus Director/Principal or his designee. The term of the suspension may be modified by the Superintendent on a case-by-case basis. (c) During any period of suspension, the student will lose credit for all schoolwork and will forfeit the privilege of participating in or attending any and all extracurricular activities.

C. Students with disabilities are subject to this policy and will be disciplined in accordance with the Students with Disabilities Act (IDEA) and Section 504 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act if any such students are determined to be in violation of this policy. Right to Fair and Orderly Hearings/Appeals/Counsel Nothing in this discipline policy shall be construed so as to deny a student the right to fair and orderly hearings, appeals, counsel, and due process in cases, which may end in short or long term

24 | P a g e

suspension. The Campus Director/Principal or their designee shall interpret this policy in a just manner, given the circumstances of each individual case. Parent/Guardian Conference as Condition for Re-entry At the conclusion of any suspension the Campus Director/Principal or their designee may require a conference with the student and his/her parent or legal guardian as a condition for reentry to school. Right to Appeal

The student shall be informed of his/her right to appeal the decision. The appeal process does not apply to academic termination. The appeal hearing and the procedure to be followed shall be set forth in paragraphs 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, and 6.8, of the Student Code. The student shall continue to participate in regular classroom instruction pending the hearing if he/she properly and timely files an appeal request unless the suspension is for three (3) days or less. A student is expected to make progress toward satisfactory completion of his/her Course of Study to be eligible for continued enrollment and be up to date with payments of tuition and fees.

The student may change to another Course of Study with the permission of the Campus Director/Principal and the instructor in the course into which he/she is changing. A student who fails to attend class regularly or otherwise demonstrates a lack of appropriate concern for satisfactory progress and conduct will be terminated from the school. The appeal process does not apply to academic terminations. Any student may apply for reinstatement at the beginning of a new semester. Re-entrance after reasonable assurance of improved trainee attendance and effort will be on a space available basis, and will require administrative approval. Re-entrance after two (2) dismissals for excessive absences will be considered on an individual basis. Right to Privacy Information about a temporary suspension should not be communicated to any person that is not directly involved in the disciplinary proceeding. Right to Make Up of Work Students who are suspended from school will be allowed to make up work missed under suspension. The homework and all regularly scheduled tests must be made up within the same number of days of suspension after the student returns. The grade will be lowered one letter grade from the grade earned. The student will receive no credit for work not made up on this time schedule. (The Campus Director/Principal must approve exceptions to this policy.) Right of Parental Contact by Administrator The Administrator should make an effort to contact the parent(s) of students under 18 years of age, by telephone, to communicate directly the information contained in the written notice. Length of Suspension No suspension shall extend beyond the current school semester and the succeeding semester or beyond the completion of the present class in the case of adult students enrolled in health service classes. The only exception to this policy would be a student that is suspended under the provisions of paragraph 4.0 (Gun Free School Act). Emergency Suspension Causes for Emergency Suspension The Administrator may suspend a student on an emergency basis, without a hearing, if he/she has reasonable cause to believe that: A. The physical safety of the student or of others is endangered; OR B. Where the school is in the midst of a violent upheaval; OR C. The student is causing substantial interference with the operation of school. Termination of Suspension

25 | P a g e

An emergency suspension shall terminate when it is reasonably determined that the student’s presence in the school will not result in a situation warranting emergency suspension under paragraph 7.1. This suspension should not exceed three (3) days unless the Administrator commences the notice and hearing procedure provided in paragraph 6.1 for suspension or an informal hearing is held for temporary suspension under the provisions of paragraph 5.1. Grievance Procedure In the course of occupational and technical education at Great Plains Technology Center, the student shall have the opportunity for contesting any action, grading, or evaluation made by administration, faculty, or staff of Great Plains Technology Center in a grievance hearing, if so desired. It is also the student’s right to terminate an informal process at any time and begin the formal process. A student may contact Council on Occupational Education as noted on page 34. The contact information is as follows: 7840 Roswell Road, Building 300 Suite 325,Atlanta, Georgia 30350, Phone: 800-917-2081 or via the website at www.council.org. Definition of Grievances A grievance is a claim or charge of injustice or discrimination based upon an event or condition, which affects the welfare of condition of an individual student or group of students. A grievance statement shall meet the following conditions: A. The grievance must be filed within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and describe the circumstance upon which it is based. B. It must specifically identify the policy, procedure, or status violated, misinterpreted, or inequitably applied. C. It must furnish sufficient background concerning the alleged violation, misinterpretation, or inequitable applications, and identify persons, actions, and/or omissions that led to the allegation. D. It must include the date, time, and place of the occurrence. E. The specific solution/relief requested by the aggrieved must be stated. Procedures for Resolving Grievances A. Informal: Should a student or parent believe there is a cause for grievance, he/she should

make a request of and discuss the grievance with the person involved for the express purpose of resolving the grievance mutually and informally.

B. Mediation: If attempts to resolve the grievance informally are unsuccessful, the student or parent should file a written, dated, and signed grievance with the Grievance Officer as described in item 8.1. The Grievance Officer or designee will meet the complainant and respondent in order to mediate and resolve the complaint to the satisfaction of both parties. The mediation resolution will be documented and agreed to in writing. The Director of Student Services and Director of Instruction are acting Grievance Officers.

C. If no resolution is accepted by the parties, the Grievance Officer or designee shall render a written decision within five (5) working days of the mediation. This hearing will be recorded for documentation purposed and for review by the parties of the hearing or others should the decision of the Grievance Officer be challenged.

D. Formal: If attempts to resolve the grievance informally are unsuccessful, the student or parent should file a written, dated, and signed grievance with the Grievance Officer as described in item 8.1. The Grievance Officer will appoint a Committee made up of an administrator, counselor, and instructor to hear the grievance within five (5) working days. The hearing will be recorded for documentation purposes and for review by the parties of the hearing or others should the decision of the committee be challenged. The Committee will notify the grievant of its decision in writing within five (5) working days. E. Board of Education: Should the grievant be dissatisfied with the decision of the Committee after the final interview, he/she may request, in writing, a hearing at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Great Plains Technology Center Board of Education. The written request must be received within ten (10) days of the decision of the Committee who will put the request on

26 | P a g e

the board agenda for the next regularly scheduled meeting. The decision of the Board of Education is final.

Transfer Students Great Plains Technology Center will accept transfer hours from other schools based on an evaluation of the student’s comprehension of the course material. Please note that students transferring to another school may not be able to transfer all the hours they earned at Great Plains Technology Center; the number of transferable hours depend on the policy of the receiving school. Transfer hours accepted by the school are applied to the total number of hours necessary to complete the program and are considered for both attempted and completed hours for the purpose of determining when the allowable maximum time frame has been exhausted. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) evaluation periods are based on actual contracted hours at the institution. Transfer students must meet the following criteria:

A. If he/she is transferring hours from another school, he/she will be asked to request a transcript. Tuition and hourly credit will be awarded as verified by the transcript. B. If the prospective student is transferring instructional hours from a school in another state, the instruction provided must be recognized and accepted by the State Board of Oklahoma. C. Transfer students will not be allowed to enroll until they have officially terminated their enrollment at their previous school. Tuition and hourly credit will be awarded as verified by the transcript. D. Tuition charges will be prorated for the remainder of instruction hours needed to complete the course as offered by the school. Remaining tuition charges for the course along with enrollment fees will be charged accordingly. Transfer students are eligible to receive financial aid, if qualified. E. All tuition balances must be paid at previous schools to be eligible for enrollment at Great Plains Technology Center.

The SAP applies to students transferring from one career major to another. Students are responsible for progress in the first Career Major (even if they did not receive any federal financial aid) before being eligible for federal financial aid in the second Career Major. When a student completes one Career Major and enters another Career Major the Courses of Study in each Career Major are reviewed and students are given advance standing clock hours for repeat courses inside the Career Majors. The students’ end date and Federal Financial Aid are adjusted accordingly.

27 | P a g e

Student Support Services

Financial Aid

Federal Pell Grant: Pell Grants are awarded only to undergraduate students who have not earned a bachelor's or professional degree. Great Plains Students must be enrolled and attending a full time adult program approved for Federal Title IV programs. Unlike a loan, a Federal Pell Grant does not have to be repaid. To determine if you are eligible financially, the US Dept. of Education uses a standard formula, established by Congress, to evaluate the information you report when you apply. The formula produces an Expected Family Contribution (EFC) number. Your Student Aid Report (SAR) contains this number and will tell you if you are eligible. How much you receive will

Career Advisement

Great Plains Technology Center offers career counseling services that prepare our students for success in their technical programs. A career counselor can help you with the application process, career counseling, motivation, decision-making, goal setting, crisis counseling and referrals to other counseling services. To schedule an appointment with a career counselor, please call or email: Lawton Campus: Tamera Bell, Student Services Secretary at (580) 250-5535 or tbell@greatplains.edu Frederick Campus: Penny Newman, Secretary at (580) 335-5525 or pnewman@greatplains.edu

Financial Aid Coordinator The Financial Aid/VA Coordinator is committed to assisting the students of Great Plains Technology Center with their needs for Federal Financial Aid and Veterans Benefits. It is our goal to make applying for FA and VA benefits as stress free as possible. Please call or email with any questions or concerns:

Dustin Davidson, Financial Aid/VA Coordinator

Email: ddavidson@greatplains.edu Phone: (580) 250-5534

Academic Center – Lawton Campus

Great Plains Technology Center employs an Academic Center Coordinator who can assist you with developing a basic skill improvement plan for math and reading, improving your study, test taking, and time management skills, and can help you identify your learning/working styles. To schedule an appointment please contact:

Mandee Thomas, Academic Center Coordinator Email: mthomas@greatplains.edu

Phone: (580) 250-5529

28 | P a g e

depend not only on your EFC but also on your cost of attendance, whether you are a full-time or half-time student and whether you attend school for a full academic year or less. You may not receive Pell Grant funds from more than one school at a time. To apply fill out a Free Application for Federal Student Aid available in the financial aid office or apply online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant: A Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) is for students with exceptional financial need -- that is, students with the lowest Expected Family Contributions (EFC) -- and gives priority to students who receive Federal Pell Grants. An FSEOG doesn't have to be paid back. Students at the school are awarded an FSEOG based on the availability of the funds at the school. You can receive either $100 or $200 per year depended on your start date. Great Plains Students must be enrolled and attending a full time adult program approved for Federal Title IV programs. Oklahoma Tuition Aid Grant Program: The Oklahoma Tuition Aid Grant Program (OTAG) is a need based grant program for Oklahoma residents who attend approved colleges, universities, and technology centers in Oklahoma. Awards are approved for full-time or half-time students in undergraduate or graduate study. To apply complete a FAFSA as soon as possible. Applications are awarded in descending order of highest need until all funds are committed. OTAG will review your family financial information to determine your eligibility OTAG will then notify you if you are approved. GPTC students must be enrolled and attending a full time adult program approved for Federal Title IV programs. Veterans Educational Benefits: Great Plains Technology Center has several full time adult programs and short term ACD programs approved for Veterans Educational Benefits. For more information regarding VA Educational Benefits for full time adult programs or for short-term ACD programs please, contact Rhonda Mahaffey, Career Counselor, at the Lawton Campus at 580.250.5503, Bldg. 100, Room 107.

Scholarships Great Plains Technology Center Foundation Scholarship: The Great Plains Foundation was established in 1980 to assist students with tuition costs. Eligibility based on financial need. The Oklahoma Career Tech Foundation Otha Grimes Scholarship: Otha Grimes Scholarship applications are distributed to current full time adult students the beginning of the Fall and Spring semesters. Scholarships are limited to 9 students per semester. Scholarships must be used for expenses directly related to a student's program, such as: tuition, fees and books. Dr. George Bridges Next Step Scholarship: The scholarship is a one-time tuition waiver. The maximum award is $2100.00 toward tuition ($1050.00 per semester). No monies are issued directly to the scholarship recipient but are issued to the school in

29 | P a g e

lieu of an award letter. The scholarship is good for 2 years from the date of activation. Once the scholarship has been approved, it is for tuition only and can be applied towards a full-time program or any of ACD short-term class(es) that have approved education plans.

REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUING ENROLLMENT A student is expected to make progress toward satisfactory completion of his/her Program to be eligible for continued enrollment and be up to date with payments of tuition and fees.

The student may change to another Program with the permission of the Campus Director and the instructor in the course into which he/she is changing. A student who fails to attend class regularly or otherwise demonstrates a lack of appropriate concern for satisfactory progress and conduct will be terminated from the school. The appeal process does not apply to academic dismissals. Any student may apply for reinstatement at the beginning of a new semester. Re-entrance after reasonable assurance of improved trainee attendance and effort will be on a space available basis, and will require administrative approval. Re-entrance after two (2) dismissals for excessive absences will be considered on an individual basis.

REFUNDS Refunds to post-secondary students in full-time adult programs at Great Plains

Technology Center are made as follows:

Full-Time Programs or Part Time Enrolled in a Full Time Program 1. 100% of the tuition will be refunded if the student withdraws before classes start or before the beginning of the sixth school day from the class start date.

A Student’s Return to Title IV aid, for those who have received Title IV funds during the current school year, is calculated in accordance with the Return of Title IV Funds law.

All adult students who withdraw from a program must complete a drop form in the Student Office, Room 111. No refunds will be made until cleared through the Student Office and the Financial Aid Office.

RETURN OF TITLE IV FUNDS As a general rule, when a student completely withdraws from Great Plains Technology Center, grants do not need to be repaid. However, a student may have to repay a certain amount if he/she withdraws or is dismissed prior to completing more than 60% of a payment period.

30 | P a g e

If a student completely withdraws from school during a term, the school must calculate--according to a specific formula--the portion of the total scheduled financial assistance a student has earned and is therefore entitled to receive up to the time of withdrawal. If a student received more assistance than was earned, the unearned excess funds must be returned to the Department of Education.

• To officially withdraw from Great Plains Technology Center, please contact the Student Office located in Building 100, room 111 to complete an official Termination of Attendance form.

• An unofficial withdrawal will be completed on any student who is absent five (5) consecutive school days without contacting the school and the effective date shall be the last date of attendance.

How The Percentage Is Calculated:

Students are notified by letter within 30 days if a balance is due based on the Return to Title IV calculation. Students have 45 days from the date of the letter to repay the school the amount due. At the end of the 45 day period, if the student fails to pay the amount due, he/she will be reported to the U. S. Department of Education for collection and an overpayment alert is posted in NSLDS by the school. The student will not be eligible for Title IV assistance until the overpayment is resolved.

At 60%--A Student Has Earned All of the Assistance

Once a student has completed more than 60% of the payment period, the student is said to have earned all of the assistance. If the student withdraws before completing 60% of the payment period, he/she may have to repay any unearned federal monies that were already disbursed. The withdrawal date is determined by the school’s student accounting system and shall be the last date of attendance.

Conditions Where a Student May be Eligible for a Title IV Disbursement after Withdrawal

Occasionally students are eligible for a post-withdrawal disbursement. (See Financial Aid office for detailed calculation.) This occurs when a student attends class and withdraws before a Title IV disbursement has been issued to the student or to the student’s account.

31 | P a g e

If charges exist on the student account, Great Plains Technology Center will credit the account with all or a portion of the post-withdrawal disbursement. If no charges exist, then Great Plains Technology Center will offer the student the portion earned within 30 days of the withdrawal date. If a Return to Title IV Funds exists due to invalid information given on an application by the student or an error of the institution, that amount will be due the Title IV Program. The over payment will be determined by the Financial Aid Coordinator. The student will make payment to Great Plains Technology Center’s Business Office which in turn will refund the Department of Education.

VA Beneficiaries:

GPTC is required to report, without delay, the interruption or termination of attendance for individuals enrolled in an educational assistance programs administered by VA. VA beneficiary students may be in debt to the VA if they withdraw or are terminated. All overpayments will remain the responsibility of the student. A student who is a military reservist or National Guardsman that is called for active duty or drill duty will be granted a temporary leave of absence and can resume instruction upon return without penalty.

32 | P a g e

Contact the GPTC Student Office for a paper copy of the Student Handbook. Contact Student Services for a copy of Application Information booklets, program brochures and for questions concerning the institutional information published in the Student Handbook. Contact the Campus Director/Principal for questions concerning FERPA. “Great Plains Technology Center prohibits misrepresentation of program content, outcomes, certifications/licensures, and admissions. Great Plains Technology Center also prohibits misrepresentation of financial aid opportunities, procedures, eligibility, or award.”

What to Disclose, When, and to Whom Description of Information to be Disclosed Where to Find

Information

What: Institutional Information (668.43) When: Upon Request

To: Enrolled Students & Prospective Students

• Cost of attending school i.e.: Tuition and Fees • Institutional Refund Policy • Requirements for officially withdrawing from school • Requirements for return of Title IV, HEA grant or loan aid • Information regarding the programs, institutional facilities and faculty • Entities that accredit, license, or approve the school and its programs and

procedures or reviewing school’s accreditation, licensing, or approval documentation

• Description of any special services and facilities for disabled students • Titles and availability of employees responsible for dissemination of

institutional and financial assistance disclosure information and how to contact them

• Student Handbook • Tech - Tab Booklet • U.S. Department of

Education College Opportunities website: http://nces.ed.gov/IPEDS. Click on College Search for Great Plains Technology Center

• Application Information Booklets

What: Financial Assistance Information (668.42) When: Upon Request

To: Enrolled Students & Prospective Students

• Description of all available federal, state, local, private, and institutional financial assistance, and a description of: (1) application form and procedures; (2) student eligibility requirements; (3) selection criteria; and (4) criteria for determining the amount of a student’s award

• Rights and responsibilities of students receiving Title IV and other financial aid, including: (1) criteria for continued eligibility; (2) satisfactory academic progress (SAP) standards; (3) criteria to re-establish eligibility if student fails to maintain SAP; (4) method and frequency of financial aid disbursements

• Student Handbook • Tech - Tab Booklet • Application

Information Booklets • Studentaid.ed.gov/sa • http://www.greatplains

.edu

What: Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 34 CFR, Part 99 When: Upon Request To: Enrolled Students & Parents of Enrolled Students under the age of 18

• Right to and procedures for inspecting and reviewing student’s education records

• Right to and procedures for requesting amendment of student’s education records believed to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of student’s privacy rights

• Right to consent to disclosure of personally identifiable information contained in student’s education records

• Right to file a complaint with ED for alleged school’s or educational agency’s failure to comply with FERPA requirements

• Right to the criteria used to determine what constitutes a school official and a legitimate educational interest if school’s or educational agency’s policy is to disclose personally identifiable information from a student’s education records under 34 CFR, Part 99 without prior consent

• Student Handbook

http://www.greatplains.edu/student-resources/

• Great Plains Technology Center Policy and Procedures Manual

What: Completion/Graduation Rate and Transfer-Out Rate (668.45)

When: Annually by July 1 and Upon Request

To: Enrolled Students & Prospective Students

• The institution’s completion or graduation rate for full-time, first-time, certificate-seeking students enrolled at the post-secondary level who graduated or completed their program within 160% of the normal time (scheduled length of program) for graduation or completion

• Cohort for non-term schools (Technology Centers): Students who enter between 9/1 and 8/31 and are enrolled at least 60 clock hours

• Transfer-out rate is not applicable to Technology Centers since it applies to schools whose mission includes providing substantial preparation for students to enroll in another eligible institution

• Information on student body diversity in the categories of gender and ethnicity of enrolled, full-time student who receive Federal Pell Grants

• Retention rates of certificate or degree-seeking first-time full-time undergraduate students.

• U.S. Department of

Education College Navigator website: http://nces.ed.gov/IPEDS

• Great Plains Technology Center website at www.greatplains.edu

What: Campus Security Report (668.46) When: Annually by Oct. 1 and Upon Request

To: Enrolled Students, Current Employees, Prospective Students, & Prospective Employees

• Statistics for 3 most recent calendar years concerning the occurrence on campus, in or on non-campus buildings or property, and public property of following offenses reported to campus security authority or local police: (1) murder and non-negligent manslaughter; (2) negligent manslaughter; (3) sex offenses-forcible and non-forcible); (4) robbery; (5) aggravated assault; (6) burglary; (7) motor vehicle theft; (8) and arson

• Statistics above are also reported by category of prejudice (i.e. offense manifests evidence that victim was intentionally selected because of victim’s actual or perceived race, gender, sexual orientation, ethnicity, or disability)

• Statistics for 3 most recent calendar years concerning the occurrence on campus, in or on non-campus buildings or property, and on public property of following offenses reported to campus security authority or local police: (1) arrests for liquor law violations, drug law violations, and illegal weapons possession; or (2) persons referred for campus disciplinary action for such violations

• Policies concerning the security of and access to campus facilities and procedures to report campus crimes

• Disciplinary actions imposed for the possession, use, and sale of alcoholic beverages and illegal drugs and enforcement of state underage drinking laws and federal and state drug laws

• Plus: Crime Prevention programs, Drug/Alcohol Abuse Education programs, Sexual Offenses/Harassment and how to report such offenses.

• Student Handbook

http://www.greatplains.edu/student-resources/

• U.S. Department of Education College Navigator website: http://nces.ed.gov/IPEDS. Search for Great Plains Technology Center

• Great Plains Technology Center website at www.greatplains.edu/

• Great Plains Technology Center Intranet

2021-22 ANNUAL NOTICE Required Disclosures of

Student and Employee Consumer

33 | P a g e

Additional Student and Employee Consumer Information Where to Find

College Navigator Website • U.S. Dept of Ed’s College Navigator website: • http://nces.ed.gov/IPEDS Search for Great Plains

Technology Center

Student Body Diversity

• U.S. Dept of Ed’s College Navigator website: http://nces.ed.gov/collegenavigator/?q=great+plains+technology+center&s=all&id=364548#enrolmt.. Search for Great Plains Technology Center

Net Price Calculator • http://www.greatplains.edu/student-resources/

Text Book Information/information for College Bookstores

• Non-Medical and Medical Application Information Booklets

• www.greatplains.edu • Great Plains Technology Center Courses of Study.

http://www.greatplains.edu/adults/lawton-career-majors/.

Transfer of Credit/Articulation Agreements

• TechTab • www.greatplains.edu

Vaccination Policy • Medical Application Information Booklets

National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS) • http://www.nslds.ed.gov/nslds_SA/

Voter Registration

• Applications are located in Building 100 or online at http://www.ok.gov/elections/Voter_Registration/Voter_Registration_Application_Form/

• Applications are given to students at Orientation

Drug and Alcohol Prevention Information

• Great Plains Technology Center Policy and Procedures Manual

• Student Handbook

Copyright Infringement • Great Plains Technology Center Policy and

Procedures Manual • Student Handbook

Penalties for Drug Law Violations • Great Plains Technology Center Policy and Procedures Manual

• Student Handbook

Internet Use Policy • Great Plains Technology Center Policy and Procedures Manual

• Student Handbook

Absence Policy • Student Handbook

ABE Prep Course • Contact Great Plains Technology Center (580) 355-6371

34 | P a g e

35 | P a g e

Policies & Guidelines for Enrollment Fees & Tuition • Each adult applicant enrolling at Great

Plains Technology Center will be charged $10.00 for the assessment administered.

• Enrollment is not official and complete until student has been notified of acceptance to programs and all processing guidelines are complete and conditions have been fulfilled.

• If student applies for financial aid or is sponsored by an agency the student is responsible for the tuition until Great Plains Technology Center receives an appropriate agency contract or certification. Should funds be canceled for any reason, the student will pay the full amount of any remaining training charge.

• Any tuition paid for program placement will follow the refund guidelines stated in enrollment packets.

Students from Foreign Countries Students who are submitting documents or credentials from foreign countries, must have said documents and credentials evaluated and converted to United States equivalency with regard to classes, grades, credit for work, diplomas, and degrees. One agency that provides this service is World Education Service, 1-800-937-3895. Applications for this service may be accessed at www.wes.org/who.html. Transcripts must be translated prior to sending to World Education Service. If you need to find a translator in the U.S., you may wish to contact University Language Services, Incorporated.1.800.419.4601. This information is provided for your convenience only. All arrangements must be made directly with the translation service and WES. Asbestos Requirements Great Plains Technology Center is in compliance with USEPA requirements for

asbestos. Management plan is on file in Building 500. Disability Services After placement in a program at Great Plains Technology Center, if you have disabilities which require reasonable accommodations to perform the essential skill of the Program, it is your responsibility to provide documentation and notify your instructor and/or the Disability Services Coordinator Campus Crime Report In order to comply with federal regulation 34 CFR 668.46 Campus Security Act, the Campus Crime Report for Great Plains Technology Center is available on our web site at www.greatplains.edu. The report lists statistics of the crime committed on Great Plains Campuses over a 3-year period and information/policies regarding campus crime. FERPA Compliance Great Plains Technology Center, in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA) has designated the following items as directory information: student’s name, student’s address, student’s telephone listing, student’s date and place of birth, student’s dates of attendance, student’s grade level (i.e., 11th grade, 12th grade, etc.), student’s degrees, honors, and awards received, student’s most recent educational agency or institution attended, student’s photograph, student’s electronic mail address, and student’s participation in officially recognized activities. Great Plains Technology Center may disclose any of the above listed items with the student’s prior written consent, unless the Office of the Registrar is notified in writing to the contrary. All other student academic information is considered confidential and will not be released, with certain exceptions, without the student’s written permission. GPTC may provide access to a students’ education records to a third party as provided in FERPA and GPTC policy. Statistical Information

36 | P a g e

Some information provided on this application may be used for institutional statistical information only. This information will not be published nor used in the student selection process. Non-Immigrant This school is authorized under Federal law to enroll non-immigrant alien students. Notice of Nondiscrimination Except to the extent permitted by law, the Facility, the School, Clinical Coordinator, School Program Faculty, Clinical Staff/Instructors and Students shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, sex, this is to include genetic information, as well as sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, age, religion, national origin, disability or veteran’s status in the performance of this Agreement. As applicable to the School, the provisions of Executive Order 11246, as amended by EO 11375 and E) 11141 and as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (41 CFR Part 60 et. SEQ.) are incorporated into this Agreement and must be included in any subcontracts awarded involving this Agreement. Great Plains Technology Center does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, gender, gender expression, sexual orientation, gender identity, or qualified disability or veteran’s status in admission to its programs, services, activities or access to them, in treatment of individuals, or in any aspect of the Technology Center’s operations. In addition, the School agrees to comply with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act and the Vietnam Veterans Era Assistance Act of 1974, 38 U.S.C. Section 4212. Questions, complaints, or requests for additional information regarding these laws may be forwarded to the designated compliance coordinator(s) at Great Plains Technology Center, 4500 W. Lee Blvd., Lawton, OK 73505 or Great Plains Technology Center, 2001 E. Gladstone, Frederick, OK 73542.

Aviso De No Discriminacion Salvo en la medida permitida por la ley, el Fondo, la Escuela, Coordinador Clínico, Programa de Escuela de la facultad, personal clínico / instructores y estudiantes no podrá discriminar sobre la base de raza, color, credo, sexo, esto es incluir información genética, como así como la orientación sexual, identidad de género, expresión de género, edad, religión, origen nacional, iscapacidad o estado de veterano en el cumplimiento de este Acuerdo. Según sean aplicables a la Escuela, las disposiciones de la Orden Ejecutiva 11246, modificado por el EO 11375 y E) 11141 y complementado en el reglamento del Departamento de Trabajo (41 CFR Parte 60 et. SEC.) Se incorporan a este Acuerdo y debe ser incluido en los subcontratos que adjudique en la participación de este Acuerdo.

La escuela representa que, con excepción de lo permitido por la ley, todos los servicios se proporcionan sin discriminación por motivos de raza, color, credo, sexo, edad, religión, origen nacional, discapacidad o estado de veterano que no mantiene ni proporcionar a sus empleados las instalaciones segregadas, ni permitirán la Escuela de sus empleados para llevar a cabo sus servicios en cualquier lugar en el que se mantienen las instalaciones segregadas. Además, la Escuela se compromete a cumplir con la Sección 504 de la Ley de Rehabilitación y la Ley de Asistencia Era veteranos de Vietnam de 1974, 38 USC Sección 4212. Preguntas, quejas, o para más información con respecto a estas leyes pueden ser recibidas por el coordinador de quejas at Great Plains Technology Center, 4500 W. Lee Blvd., Lawton, OK 73505 or Great Plains Technology Center, 2001 E. Gladstone, Frederick, OK 73542.

37 | P a g e

Full-Time Adult Programs

38 | P a g e

Application Checklist

1. The first step in the admission process is to schedule an appointment and meet with a Career Counselor.

Lawton Campus - Please call 580.250.5535 to schedule your appointment. Frederick Campus – Please call 580.335.5525 to schedule your appointment. Your appointment: Date: _______________________________

Time:________________________

2. What to bring to your appointment.

Bring any official testing score reports you may have (examples) • Accuplacer Assessment

3. What can I expect at my appointment with the Career Counselor? The counselor will guide you by reviewing the following:

• Program options • Assessment options • Financial Aid options

Complete an Application for Admission for the Program you desire to apply for.

4. When is my application considered complete?

Once you have completed all of the steps above and You have turned in the required documentation needed for the Program. You have submitted approved assessment scores. Only then will your application be considered Complete.

5. How am I slotted into the Program in which I have applied?

The Application will be placed on the “Wait List” by the completion date of the application.

You will be notified when a slot has become available in the Program in which you have applied. • We will call, email, or send you a letter by mail. • You must keep your contact information up to date, it is your responsibility to update your

records. • If we cannot reach you we will go to the next applicant in line on the “Wait List”.

39 | P a g e

40 | P a g e

41 | P a g e

42 | P a g e

3D Animator Lawton Campus

43 | P a g e

44 | P a g e

45 | P a g e

46 | P a g e

47 | P a g e

48 | P a g e

49 | P a g e

Automotive Service Technician

50 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER

COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Transportation, Distribution and Logistics (TR) Career Pathway: Automotive Service (TR008) Program: Automotive Service Technician (NATEF Compliant) (TR0080025) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructors: Name Office E-Mail Mike Thomason (580) 250-5631 mthomason@greatplains.edu Allen Whitake (580) 250-5630 awhitaker@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: None Program Description: According to the most recent NATEF Automotive Service Technician standards, students in this program will cover the skills necessary to become an entry-level technician. Students will concentrate on courses in introduction, brakes, steering & suspension, electrical / electronics, engine performance, heating & air conditioning, engine repair, automatic transmission, and manual drive train and axles. They will learn how to diagnose and complete brake service, perform vehicle steering and suspension alignment, as well as electrical theory, electrical/ electronic diagnostics. Students will cover engine performance diagnostics and techniques for repair using a variety of diagnostic equipment. This program includes automotive heating, air conditioning and the student will learn how to evacuate and recharge air-conditioning systems using the proper refrigerant, as well as diagnostics of the heat and A/C system. Students will use advanced diagnostic and repair equipment to troubleshoot complex automotive systems. This program is intended to provide courses closely aligned with NATEF hours and tasks. ASE certification is recommended and industry recognized. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the Automotive Service field according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or

place of employment.

Related Career Opportunities: • Automotive Service Technician

51 | P a g e

• Lube/Quick Lane Technician • Shop Foreman • Service Advisor • Parts Salesperson

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Demonstrate skills necessary for employment as an Entry Level Automotive Service Technician.

• Utilize basic automotive hand tools and shop equipment in a safe manner. • Diagnose, test, troubleshoot, and repair basic automotive systems according to National

Institute for Automotive Service Excellence Standards. Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adults (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI01609 Fundamentals of Automotive Service 35 10 35 10 This course covers occupational health and safety and tools and equipment identification, usage and operation. The student will receive instruction in the storage, handling, and use of Hazardous Materials. The student will learn to write work orders and warranty reports. The student will learn about the history, current state and future of the automotive service industry. This course will cover dealership and independent operations. The student will learn vehicle identification and how to look up service information using several different sources. The student will learn vehicle maintenance, which will include fluid level checks and adjustments, peripheral electrical system checks and tire inspection and air pressure adjustment. In this course the student will learn basic measuring instruments used in vehicle service and diagnosis, as well as communication skills used throughout the automotive service industry. TI01740 Automotive Engine Repair 60 70 60 70 In accordance with the most recent NATEF Automobile Service Technology task list, in this course the student will learn common fastener and thread repair to include broken bolt removal, restoration of internal and external threads and proper use of a thread insert. The student will learn to inspect the engine assembly for fuel, oil, coolant and other leaks and determine necessary action. The student will also verify proper operation of instrument panel and warning lamps. The student will identify hybrid vehicle service precautions. Also, in this course are engine oil service and engine accessory drive belt inspection and service as well as inspection of auxiliary coolers and determine necessary action. The student will learn to perform in general engine vacuum tests and general cylinder tests and to determine necessary action. The student will learn proper installation procedures of gaskets and seals on pans and covers using correct sealers and gaskets. The

52 | P a g e

student will also learn to perform oil pressure tests, as well as to test and replace thermostats, water pumps, radiators and fan clutches. The student will also learn to inspect, test and replace oil and water sending units and switches. The student will also learn to inspect and determine action needed for pushrods, rocker arms, rocker arm pivots and shafts as well as valve adjustments. Also covered in this course will be cylinder head and valve train component removal and reinstallation as well as inspection including casting cracks, gaskets and bolts, lifters and camshafts as well as drive gears and timing belts/chains. TI01737 Automotive Steering & Suspension 45 50 45 50 In accordance with the most recent NATEF Automobile Service Technology task list, the student will learn about the steering and suspension components and quick checks for these components. Student will cover inspection, diagnosis and repair of shocks and struts. Also covered will be mounting and repair of tires and balancing of tire and wheel assembly as well as tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) diagnosis and service. This course includes various steering system diagnosis and repair or replacement operations, including the power steering pump, tie rod ends, pitman arms, relay rods, steering dampeners, power and manual steering racks and steering gears. This course will also cover electric power-assisted steering systems and inspection thereof. Also covered will be front and rear suspension systems diagnosis and repair, including inspecting and replacement of components. Students will also learn to perform wheel alignments and how to diagnose wheel alignment issues as well as diagnosis and repair steering columns, and how to disable and enable the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). TI01719 Automotive Brakes 45 50 45 50 In accordance with most recent NATEF Automobile Service Technology task list, this course covers braking system components, checking and adjusting brake fluids, checking wheel cylinders and adjusting parking brakes. The student will learn to check and replace brake pads, as well as to check and replace brake linings.The student will learn to diagnose and repair drum and disc brake systems. Also covered will be diagnosing and repairing the entire hydraulic brake system, which will include the master cylinder, lines and proportioning valves and stop light operation. The student will learn to diagnose and repair power assist units. Finally this course will cover diagnosis and service of wheel bearings, to include how to replace bearings and races, as well as clean, repack and adjust wheel bearings.The student will learn to Identify and inspect brake, traction, and stability control components and determine necessary action. Also covered will be the description of a regenerative braking system. TI01741 Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning 30 40 30 40 In accordance with the most recent NATEF Automobile Service Technology task list, this course covers the proper use and maintenance of refrigerant handling equipment. This course covers the automotive heating systems, air conditioning systems, parts identification and function, and system operations. Also in this course the student will cover the refrigerants used in air conditioning systems and identification thereof as well as evacuate and recharge air-conditioning systems using the proper refrigerant. Temperature control components and proper operation of automatic as well as semi-automatic systems will also be identified. The student will learn to inspect heater ducts, doors, hoses, cabin filters and outlets and perform necessary action. The student will learn about the cooling system components, identifying coolant type, checking and adjusting coolant levels as well as checking and replacing coolant hoses. The student will learn to evaluate and determine necessary action for compressor and clutch assemblies, and how to perform the replacement of these parts. The student will learn to perform component replacement, such as the receiver drier,

53 | P a g e

expansion valve, orifice tube, hose assemblies and o-rings. The student will learn to troubleshoot heating and air-conditioning systems operation and how to evaluate climate control systems. This course covers mechanical, electrical and vacuum controls. The student will also learn to diagnose air conditioning system failure concerns, such as the protection device interrupt system, temperature control problems, climate control systems, electrical controls for heating and ventilation, load cut-off systems and other climate control malfunctions as well as A/C system odors. Furthermore, the student will be required to identify hybrid vehicle A/C system electrical circuits and service/safety precautions. TI01743 Automotive Manual Drivetrain and Axles 35 45 35 45 In accordance with the most recent NATEF Automobile Service Technology task list, students in this course will identify and interpret drive train concerns and determine necessary action. The student will check fluid condition, check for leaks, drain and refill manual transmission/transaxle and final drive unit. The student will diagnose clutch noise, binding, slippage, pulsation, chatter and determine proper corrective action. Also, the student will inspect all shift linkage and clutch control components including pedal linkage, cables, automatic adjusters, brackets and bushings, pivots, springs, and determine necessary action. The student will check fluid level of clutch master cylinder and bleed hydraulic system. The student will inspect flywheel for wear and cracks, measure flywheel runout and crankshaft endplay and determine necessary action. The student will explain characteristics of an electronically-controlled manual transmission/transaxle. The student will diagnose CV joint and U-joint noise and vibration concerns, determine and perform necessary action. The student will inspect, service and replace front wheel drive (FWD) bearings, hubs seals, shafts, yokes, boots, CV joints as well as check shaft balance, phasing, measure shaft runout, measure and adjust driveline angles. The student will clean and inspect differential housing and housing vent, check for leaks, drain, refill and adjust differential housing fluid level. The student will inspect and replace companion flange, pinion seal and measure companion flange runout. The student will inspect and replace drive axle wheel studs, drive axle shafts, seals, bearings and retainers as well as measure axle flange runout and shaft endplay and determine necessary action. The student will inspect, adjust and repair mechanical, electrical and vacuum shifting controls, bushings, mounts, levers and brackets as well as inspect front wheel bearings and locking hubs on a four-wheel/all-wheel drive vehicle. The student will also identify concerns related to variations in tire circumference and/or final drive ratios. TI00802 Workforce Staging I 10 0 10 0 This course is designed to be delivered as an integrated component within the courses taken by the individual student. The course is designed for the development of leadership, personal development and employability skills. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 260 265 525 Adult Student: 260 265 525

54 | P a g e

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE II

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI01738 Automotive Electrical & Electronics 100 130 100 130 In accordance with the most recent NATEF Automobile Service Technology task list, the student will learn battery testing and maintenance. This course will cover electrical theory and Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM) operation. The student will learn basic system checks using a DVOM. Students will learn soldering techniques for wiring and other connections. Also, the student will study general electrical system diagnosis. The student will learn to check voltage drop on circuits, locate shorts, test grounds, test relays and circuit breakers and then determine necessary action. The student will learn to diagnose and repair starting systems, charging systems as well as horn and windshield wiper systems. The student will also learn to diagnose and repair lighting circuits, sockets and controllers. Also covered in this course will be gauges, warning devices, drivers information system and sending units for gauges. The student will cover diagnosing and repairing various accessory circuits. This course will cover the Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) service as well as safety procedures to prevent accidental deployment. Students will also check for module communication errors, including the Controller Area Network (CAN) with the use of a scan tool. TI01739 Automotive Engine Performance 85 100 85 100 In accordance with the most recent NATEF Automobile Service Technology task list, the student will learn to perform basic engine tune-up operations, such as checking and changing spark plugs, checking emission system, checking and servicing of PVC system. The student will learn about the fuel system components, checking and changing the fuel and air filters, inspection and testing of fuel injectors, verification of idle control operation as well as checking and refilling diesel exhaust fluid (DEF). The student will learn to perform diagnostic techniques and determine necessary action from cylinder leakage tests, compression test and power balance tests. In this course the student will learn to retrieve and record diagnostic codes, OBD monitor status, freeze frame data and clear DTC's when applicable. In ignition systems diagnosis and repair the student will learn about no-start, drivability and emission concerns on vehicles with electronic ignition systems. The student will learn to test and/or replace ignition control module, power train/engine control module and reprogram as necessary, inspect/test crankshaft and camshaft position sensor(s). In this course the student will test fuel pressure regulation systems, inspect the exhaust system, perform exhaust back-pressure test and determine necessary action as well as test the electrical components of the fuel system. In the emission system this course covers the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system, evaporative emissions control system. The student will learn to perform diagnosis using gas analyzer, and engine diagnostic equipment. The student will learn to diagnose the cause of emissions or drivability problems resulting from failure of computerized engine controls, power control module (PCM) and interrelated systems. This course also covers diagnostic and repair action for no-start situations, engine misfire, stalling, poor mileage, flooding and hesitation on vehicles with injection type fuel systems. The student will learn to inspect and test the operation of turbochargers and superchargers and determine necessary action. The student will cover drivability problems resulting from exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) failure, catalytic converter systems as well as failure of the evaporative control system. Student will learn to check for module communication errors using a scan tool on CAN/BUS systems.

55 | P a g e

TI01742 Automotive Automatic Transmission and Transaxle 40 40 40 40 In accordance with the most recent NATEF Automobile Service Technology task list, students in this course will learn about the components of the automatic transmission. The student will learn to drain and replace automatic transmission fluid, check and adjust fluid levels on a transmission/transaxle with and without a dipstick. The student will learn to identify and interpret transmission/transaxle concerns and differentiate from an engine performance concern and determine necessary action. The student will perform pressure tests and diagnose pressure concerns using hydraulic principles (Pascal’s law). Also the student will diagnose transmission/transaxle gear reduction/multiplication concerns using driving, driven and held member (power flow) principles. The student will also perform stall test and lock-up converter system tests and determine necessary action. The student will inspect, adjust and replace external manual valve linkage, transmission range sensor/switch as well as inspect for fluid loss and replace external seals, gaskets and bushings. Also covered in this course are off-vehicle transmission/transaxle repairs including removal and re-installation of torque converter, inspect engine core/freeze plugs, rear crankshaft seal, alignment dowels and mating surfaces. The student will inspect, leak test and flush cooler lines and fittings. The student will describe operational characteristics of continuously variable transmission (CVT) and hybrid vehicle drivetrain TI068GP Workforce Staging II 30 0 30 0 This course is designed to be delivered as an integrated component within the courses taken by the individual student. The course is designed for the development of leadership, personal development and employability skills. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 255 270 525 Adult Student: 255 270 525 Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 515 535 1050 Adult Student: 515 535 1050 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 50% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (25% of final grade)

• Live projects • Homework

56 | P a g e

• Written Assignments Test Grades (25% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of lecture, on-line and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the auto service

field. Student Behavior Includes:

• Safety glasses must be worn at all times when in the shop area • Uniform shirts must be worn at all times. • Name badges must be worn at all times.

57 | P a g e

• Follow all rules and regulations of Great Plains Technology Center. NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence (ASE) • Automotive Youth Education System (AYES) • National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation (NATEF)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Automatic Transmission and Transaxle (2207) • ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Automobile Service Technology (2210) • ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Brakes (2201) • ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Electrical/Electronic Systems (2204) • ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Engine Performance (2202) • ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Engine Repair (2206) • ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Heating and Air Conditioning (2209) • ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Maintenance and Light Repair (2064) • ASE: Entry-Level Automobile: Suspension and Steering (2203)

Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Automatic Transmission/Transaxle Technician (2101) • ODCTE: Brakes Technician (2102) • ODCTE: Electrical/Electronics System Technician (2103) • ODCTE: Engine Performance Technician (2104) • ODCTE: Heating & Air Conditioning Technician (2105) • ODCTE: Suspension & Steering Technician (2106)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 47.0604 • SOC Code – 49-3023.00

Instructional Materials and Supplies: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. eLearning Curriculum: CDX online. CDXsite.com. Jones & Bartlett Learning LLC., 2014. Web. <http://lv2014.gptc.cdxsite.com/>

58 | P a g e

59 | P a g e

Carpentry Level I Lawton Campus

60 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Architecture and Construction (AC) Career Pathway: Construction (AC003) Program: Carpentry Level I (AC0030117) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Clayton Snodgrass Office Number: (580) 250-5620 E-Mail Address: csnodgrass@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: None Program Description: This program will introduce students to the theory and skills necessary to enter the high-demand field of carpentry. The construction industry is one of the largest employers in the country and carpenters make up the largest building trades occupation in the industry. Carpenters construct, erect, install, finish and repair structures and fixtures made from wood and other building materials. This program combines classroom instruction with hands-on training to enable graduates of the program to work in the residential construction field as framers, roofers, finish carpenters, trim carpenters or cabinet makers. As part of the hands-on training in this program, students will actually build a complete modular house that will be sold in an auction when completed. The proper use of construction equipment, selection of materials, estimating, measuring, blueprint reading, and building code interpretation will be stressed along with the employability skills needed to work well with a construction crew. Students will have the opportunity to compete in the Career Tech SkillsUSA student organization competition in either framing or cabinet making at the regional, state and national levels. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the construction trades field according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the basic skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Work as a team member. • Pass at least one Tier 2 certification test. • Become qualified for further related education and/or enter the job market. • Demonstrate independence in using problem solving and critical thinking techniques in

completing all work assignments.

61 | P a g e

• Develop the ability to work with limited supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment. Related Career Opportunities:

• Residential Carpenter • Drywall Installer and Finisher • Cabinetmaker • Frame Carpenter • Finish Carpenter

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Utilize hand tools, power tools, ladders, and scaffolding in a safe, efficient manner. • Apply basic concepts of math and measurement to perform various construction-related

tasks. • Apply proper layout and construction procedures for building projects. • Develop an acceptable level of speed and accuracy to perform helper-level skills of the

trade. • Apply proper layout, cutting, and construction procedures for building projects.

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name Theory Lab Total TI00766 Construction Core 40 80 120 This is an introduction to basic safety, construction math, hand tools, power tools, blueprints, and communication skills and employability skills. Reviews the history of the trade and career opportunities available. Provides an overview of the building materials and the various fasteners and adhesives used in construction work, measurements, Hazcom, MSDS, and fire and electrical safety used in construction. Provides detailed descriptions of the hand tools and portable power tools used by carpenters. Emphasis is on safe and proper operation of tools, as well as care and maintenance. TI00923 Plan Reading and Elevations 20 40 60 Students will learn the techniques for reading and using blueprints and specifications with an emphasis placed on those drawings and types of information that are relevant to the carpentry trade. Introduces the subject of quality takeoffs. TI00921 Floor Systems 20 40 60

62 | P a g e

This course covers framing basics and the procedures for laying out and constructing a wood floor using common lumber as well as engineered building materials. The ingredients of concrete, the various types of concrete and the uses of concrete reinforcing materials is learned, as well as how to mix concrete. Also covered in this course is basic job-built footing, edge, and wall forms and ties. TI00408 Framing 40 80 120 The framing course describes the procedures for laying out and framing walls and ceilings, including roughing-in door and window openings, constructing corners and partition Ts, bracing walls and ceilings, and applying sheathing. Also included are various kinds of roofs and instructions for laying out rafters for gable roofs, hip roofs, and valley intersections. Coverage includes both stick-built and truss-built roofs. The various types of windows, skylights, weather-stripping, locksets and exterior doors and installation will be studied. TI00224 Exterior Finishing 40 80 120 In this course the common materials used in residential and light commercial roofing, along with the safety practices and application methods for these materials will be learned. Included in this are shingles, roll roofing, shakes, tiles and metal and membrane roofs, as well as the selection and installation of roof vents. The selection and installation of various types of insulating materials in walls, floors, and attics is an important part of exterior finishing. Also covered in the course are the uses and installation practices for vapor barriers and waterproofing materials before the the various types of exterior siding used in residential construction and their installation procedures can begin. TI00711 Introduction to Cabinet Making 15 30 45 This course provides an introduction to the materials, tools, and methods used in cabinetmaking. Practice projects help trainees learn the various joining techniques used by cabinetmakers, while providing practice on stationary power tools. Two complete cabinet projects used in past SkillsUSA national competitions are also provided. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 175 350 525 Adult Student: 175 350 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE II

Course # Course Name Theory Lab Total TI00402 Drywall Installation and Finishing 40 80 120 Drywall Installation will describe the various types of gypsum drywall, their uses, and the fastening devices and methods used to install them. This course contains detailed instructions for installing drywall on walls and ceilings using nails, drywall screws, and adhesives. Also covered in the course are fire and sound-rated walls. Drywall Finishing covers the materials, tools, and methods

63 | P a g e

used to finish and patch gypsum drywall. Included is the coverage of both automatic and manual taping and finishing tools. TI01590 Finish Carpentry 40 80 120 Finish Carpentry covers the installation of metal doors and related hardware in steel-framed, wood-framed, and masonry walls, along with their related hardware. Included in this course is the installation of wooden doors, folding doors, and pocket doors. In addition, the different types of trim used in finish work is also learned. This course focuses on the proper methods for selecting, cutting, and fastening trim to provide a professional finished appearance. The couse will also provide detailed instructions for the selection and installation of base and wall cabinets and countertops. TI01920 Basic Coatings Techniques 40 80 120 This course is an introduction to safe handling of materials, bio-hazard disposal procedures, preparation (sanding, filling, priming), methods of application (brush, spray, etc.), types of finishes (stain, paints, laquer, varnish), clean up, and maintenance of equipment and stripping and refinishing.Surface prep, protecting adjacent surfaces and proper paint application will also be included. TI001GP Basic Finishing Techniques 55 110 165 This course is an introduction to designing counter-tops to function, constructing and installing counter-tops, choosing the correct laminate (function), estimating materials, preparing surfaces, applying laminates, and patching and repair. This course will also provide the student with the knowledge and skills necessary for the preparation, layout, and installation of tile projects. These skills will be used in the installation of tile on floors, walls, counter tops, back splashes, and wet areas such as showers and tub enclosures. Also included in this course is an introduction to structural and lightweight concrete floors, in-floor radiant heating, types of flooring finishes, hardwood flooring, vinyl tile, carpet and laminent flooring. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 175 350 525 Adult Student: 175 350 525

Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 350 700 1050 Adult Student: 350 700 1050 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 40% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for

64 | P a g e

assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook). Performance Grades (40% of final grade)

• Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (20% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of both lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the construction

field.

65 | P a g e

• It is recommended that the student meet with the teacher and their parents at least once per semester.

• All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook. • SkillsUSA is the student organization for the residential construction carpentry field. This

club offers an outstanding opportunity to develop leadership and social skills. Students are highly encouraged to participate. The dues, $10.00 are paid by the student.

• It is highly recommended that the student have purchased or attained the required tools and equipment for employment as a carpenter. Possessing a valid driver’s license will also benefit the student and is recommended.

• The required class dress is a program t-shirt with jeans or shorts and work boots or shoes. T-shirts cost $10.00 each and are paid for by the student.

Student Behavior Includes:

• Wear safety glasses at all times when in the shop area. • Wear the designated program t-shirt, work boots or shoes at all times while in class. • Wear the student name badge at all times. • Follow the proper procedure if you are absent, tardy or have a school activity. • Abide by the rules in the student handbook, as well as those established inside the

classroom. • Follow all rules and regulations of the Great Plains Technology Center.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) • National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) • Association of General Contractors (AGC)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Construction Trainee (3001) • ODCTE: Finish Carpenter (3003) • ODCTE: Frame Carpenter (3005)

Tier 6 – Certifications Administered/Proctored by Instructor

• OSHA 10-Hour General Industry Assessment Tier 7 – National Career Readiness Certificate in Applied Mathematics, Locating Information and Reading for Information:

• Platinum Level – 6 or above in all three areas • Gold Level – 5 or above in all three areas • Silver Level – 4 or above in all three areas • Bronze Level – 3 or above in all three areas

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 46.0201 • SOC Code – 47-2031

66 | P a g e

Instructional Materials: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Textbooks: National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Cabinetmaking. 0-13-

103264-6. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2003. National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Carpentry Level I: Carpentry

Fundamentals Trainee Guide. 4th ed. 0-13-229268-8. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2006.

National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Carpentry Level II: Framing

and Finishing Trainee Guide. 4th ed. 0-13-614410-1. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007.

National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Core Curriculum;

Introductory to Craft Skills. 4th ed. 0-13-608636-5. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009.

Umstattd, William D., Charles W. Davis, and Patrick A. Molzahn. Modern Cabinetmaking. 5th ed.

978-1-63126-071-1. Tinley Park: Goodheart-Willcox, 2014. Wagner, Willis H., and Howard Bud Smith. Modern Carpentry. 11th ed. 978-1-59070-648-0. Tinley Park: Goodheart-Willcox, 2007. Umstattd, William D., Charles W. Davis, and Patrick A. Molzahn. Modern Cabinetmaking. 5th ed.

978-1-63126-071-1. Tinley Park: Goodheart-Willcox, 2014.

Wagner, Willis H., and Howard Bud Smith. Modern Carpentry. 11th ed. 978-1-59070-648-0. Tinley Park:

Goodheart-Willcox, 2007.

National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Core Curriculum; Introductory to Craft Skills. 4th ed. 0-13-608636-5. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009.

67 | P a g e

68 | P a g e

Carpentry Level II

Lawton Campus

69 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Architecture and Construction (AC) Career Pathway: Construction (AC003) Program: Carpentry Level II (AC0030002) Program Hours: Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Clayton Snodgrass Office Number: (580) 250-5620 E-Mail Address: csnodgrass@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: Carpentry Level I Program Description: Move beyond the basics of residential construction in this second level carpentry course. Carpentry Level II combines on-the-job training with advanced construction theory and hands-on skills in order to prepare students to work as a professional in both residential and commercial job sites. Carpentry Level II is more work-based than theory, so the instructor will focus on continuously assessing the level and quality of the students’ skill attainment throughout this training. The students will receive constructive feedback and many opportunities to hone their skills, especially while they build a house on site or do live construction projects for both internal and external customers. Project planning, scheduling, estimating, and management are all aspects of becoming a Construction Crew Leader; therefore, improving critical thinking, effective communication, and teamwork, as it relates to dealing with supervisors, co-workers and customers, will also be a main focus of this training as students prepare to transition from job-related training to industry work. Students will have the opportunity to compete in the Career and Technology SkillsUSA student organization competition in either framing or cabinet making at the regional, state and national levels. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the residential or commercial construction trades field according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the advanced skills of this trade • Become qualified for continuing job related education and/or entry into the workforce • Work as a valued team member utilizing effective communication, critical thinking and

independent problem solving skills • Pass at least one Tier 2 certification test • Develop the ability to work with limited supervision

Related Career Opportunities:

70 | P a g e

• Construction Crew Leader • Residential Carpenter • Commercial Carpenter • Construction Laborer • Drywall Installer and Finisher • Trim Carpenter • Cabinetmaker • Joiner • Roofer • Frame Carpenter • Finish Carpenter

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Read and follow work diagrams, schematic drawings, technical manuals and code books • Apply basic concepts of math and measurement to perform various construction-related

tasks • Plan and apply proper layout, cutting, and construction procedures for building projects • Sketch construction drawings and be able to modify them as necessary • Make accurate estimates of time and material costs for projects • Communicate effectively and work well with supervisors, co-workers and customers

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

Course # Course Name ADT ADL Total TI00993 Construction Drawings 20 40 60 The fundamental principles of construction drawings are presented in theory and then developed in the classroom shop through a wide variety of assignments and hands-on projects which both focus on developing basic identification, interpretation and application of construction drawings, symbols, abbreviations, components and dimensioning. Emphasis is placed on reading, interpreting, and understanding construction drawings for various residential and commercial buildings. Students will learn foundational concepts including: different types of drawings (civil, architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing/piping, electrical and fire protection) as well as measurement and scale. An examination of the building codes and standards applicable to building construction and inspection processes will be integrated in this course. TI00407 Stairs 60 120 180 This course is an introduction to the various types of stairs and the common building code requirements of both internal and external stairs used in residential and commercial construction. Training will cover the techniques for measuring and calculating the rise, run and stairwell opening. Proper techniques in laying out stringers, fabricating and installing basic stairways will be emphasized. This course will also cover the materials and techniques required in finishing wooden staircases and other applications used in commercial stair construction. An examination of the building codes and standards applicable to building construction and inspection processes will be integrated in this course.

71 | P a g e

TI00712 Advanced Cabinets 70 140 210 The goal of this hands-on course is to develop basic cabinetmaking skills. The use of fine woodworking tools and materials, and various joinery techniques will be utilized. The student will focus on accuracy of layout, detailed familiarization with planes, chisels and sharpeners, as well as portable and stationary power tool use. Students will build their own cabinet(s); the joinery will include carcase, face frame, dovetail drawer and raised panel door construction techniques. While hand tool use will be encouraged, options for using power tools in various operations will be demonstrated. Estimating the cost necessary to complete cabinetmaking projects by figuring the costs of materials and labor using pertinent formulas will be taught. An examination of the building codes and standards applicable to building construction and inspection processes will be integrated in this course. TI01591 Advanced Millworks 25 50 75 This advanced hands-on course emphasizes the craftsmanship and fine woodworking involved in finishing high-end residential and commercial projects. Training will include design and construction of mantels and fireplace designs, custom shelving and closets, custom moldings, built-up arches and ornamental columns. The student will be able to demonstrate the skills and work habits necessary to complete tasks in a safe manner and to adapt previously learned skills to complete more complex highly detailed carpentry tasks. An examination of the building codes and standards applicable to building construction and inspection processes will be integrated in this course. TI01681 Commercial Carpentry 80 160 240 This course will introduce the students to the techniques required to identify correct framing materials, tools and builing methods necessary to layout and to install commercial metal stud framing. Metal stud framing construction procedures, drywall application and attachments of various types of trim will be applied. Students will be able to describe the types and grades of steel framing materials by learning how to select and install metal framing for interior walls, exterior non-load bearing walls and partitions. The students will expand their knowledge of basic drywall installation and finishing by learning and applying the skills and safe practices required to work as a commercial drywall installer and finisher. Emphasis will be placed on applying the proper techniques to achieve the desired aesthetics and finishes. This course identifies the materials used for various types of suspended ceilings, ceiling tiles, pan-type ceilings and drywall grid systems. The principles of suspension layout, suspension methods and attachment procedures will be presented. Advanced shapes such as domes and stepped soffits will be covered. This course covers the methods of researching building codes for specific residential and commercial building projects. Upon completion, students should be able to determine the code constraints governing residential and construction projects. An examination of the building codes and standards applicable to building construction and inspection processes will be integrated in this course. TI00802 Workforce Staging 15 30 45 This course is designed to be delivered as an integrated component within the courses taken by the individual student. The course is designed for the development of leadership, personal development and employability skills.

72 | P a g e

TI00791 Workforce Induction 80 160 240 This course is a formalized mentorship based instructional process for the purpose of accelerating the learner's skill development and individual transition into the workforce. The training necessary to understand and apply the principles of project planning, scheduling, estimating, management and supervising employees will be introduced. Content and specific application of specialized skill development is driven and determined by each student's respective career objective(s) and/or industry opportunites available to him or her.

Program Total: Theory Lab Total Adult Student: 350 700 1050 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 40% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook). Performance Grades (40% of final grade)

• Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (20% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89

73 | P a g e

C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of both lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the construction

field. • All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook. • SkillsUSA is the student organization for the residential construction carpentry field. This

club offers an outstanding opportunity to develop leadership and social skills. Students are highly encouraged to participate. The dues, $10.00 are paid by the student.

• It is highly recommended that the student have purchased or attained the required tools and equipment for employment as a carpenter. Possessing a valid driver’s license will also benefit the student and is recommended.

• The required class dress is a program t-shirt with jeans or shorts and work boots or shoes. T-shirts cost $10.00 each and are paid for by the student.

Student Behavior Includes:

• Wear safety glasses at all times when in the shop area. • Wear the designated program t-shirt, work boots or shoes at all times while in class. • Wear the student name badge at all times. • Follow the proper procedure if you are absent, tardy or have a school activity. • Abide by the rules in the student handbook, as well as those established inside the

classroom. • Follow all rules and regulations of the Great Plains Technology Center.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) • National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) • Association of General Contractors (AGC)

Certification Outcomes:

74 | P a g e

Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations • ODCTE: Construction Trainee (3001) • ODCTE: Finish Carpenter (3003) • ODCTE: Frame Carpenter (3005)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 46.0415 • SOC Code – 17-3022

Instructional Materials: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Textbooks: National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Cabinetmaking. 0-13-

103264-6. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2003. National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Carpentry Level I: Carpentry

Fundamentals Trainee Guide. 4th ed. 0-13-229268-8. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2006.

National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Carpentry Level II: Framing

and Finishing Trainee Guide. 4th ed. 0-13-614410-1. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007.

National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Core Curriculum;

Introductory to Craft Skills. 4th ed. 0-13-608636-5. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009.

Umstattd, William D., Charles W. Davis, and Patrick A. Molzahn. Modern Cabinetmaking. 5th ed.

978-1-63126-071-1. Tinley Park: Goodheart-Willcox, 2014. Wagner, Willis H., and Howard Bud Smith. Modern Carpentry. 11th ed. 978-1-59070-648-0. Tinley Park: Goodheart-Willcox, 2007.

75 | P a g e

76 | P a g e

Combination Collision Repair Technician Lawton Campus

77 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER – LAWTON CAMPUS COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Transportation, Distribution and Logistics (TR) Career Pathway: Automotive Collision Repair (TR009) Program: Combination Collision Repair Technician (TR0090008) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1,050 Hours Adult Students: 1,050 Hours Instructor: Name: Anthony Josey Office Number: (580) 250-5627 E-Mail Address: ajosey@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: None Program Description: Students in this program will learn how to complete non-structural collision repair and automotive refinishing. The courses that will be covered include non-structural damage analysis and minor dent repair, plastics repair, all aspects painting and refinishing. Students will also learn how to use various tools in repairing damage and to remove and install handles, moldings, trim, and bolted body parts. In addition, the student will learn to MIG weld industry standard joints following I-CAR standards. This career program also includes painting preparation, sanding processes, color matching and adjusting color, removing and installing glass, and the process of written estimates. Students will learn about handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and selecting proper personal protective equipment and maintenance. The hours completed in this program are aligned with ASE/NATEF standards, and ASE certification is recommended and industry recognized. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the Auto Body Services field according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Work as a team member. • Pass at least one Occupational State of Oklahoma certification test. • Become qualified for further related education and/or enter the job market. • Demonstrate independence in using problem solving and critical thinking techniques in

completing all work assignments. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment.

78 | P a g e

Related Career Opportunities: • Refinishing Technician • Non Structural Repair Technician • Glass Replacement Specialist • Detailing Specialist

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Use basic measurement and mathematic techniques. • Repair conventional and unibody frames. • Perform body panel and structural alignments. • Repair sheet metal and fiberglass body panels • Utilize thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic techniques. • Perform a variety of welding processes. • Complete a variety of refinishing techniques. • Replace glass. • Prepare estimates. • Complete a job application.

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I – Non-Structural/Customer Service

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI00751 Introduction to Collision Repair Technology 75 0 75 0 In this course, the student will cover tools and equipment, safety, hazardous material handling and storage. The student will be taught to identify safety and hazardous warning information for products used in the collision repair industry and the Right-To-Know Act. Students will also study the collision repair industry and the preparation of the vehicle for entering the repair facility. TI00397 Auto Collision Damage Analysis 20 55 20 55 Within this course, the students will learn to inspect a damaged vehicle and correctly identify all damage. This damage analysis will cover the entire vehicle from minor to major damage with structural misalignment. This course will cover the different types of vehicle construction found on the road today, such as uni-body, full body-over-frame frame and the hybrid frame/semi-unibody. Students will learn to look for indicators of damage and how collision energy is managed and travels through a vehicle during a collision. Some of the measuring equipment that will be covered is the centerline gauge, tram bar, universal measuring system and computer measuring systems. Measuring of the vehicle structure will be covered with the students learning to set-up and analyze the measurements to determine damage. The students will learn to look at damage in 3-Dimension, which are length, width and height.

79 | P a g e

TI00343 Auto Collision Non-Structural Metal Straightening/Repair 20 70 20 70 In this course, the student will learn the basics of using metal straightening tools, such as dollies and hammers to repair minor dents and dings in sheet metal. Students will cover techniques to repair contours and bodylines in sheet metal. Metal shrinking and stretching will be taught to help students bring the metal back to original contour. Students will learn about the different body fillers. Students will learn techniques to mix and apply body filler. Students will learn to select the proper sandpaper and sanding equipment and learn techniques to sand the cured body filler to original contour then prepare the repair for primer. TI00344 Auto Collision Plastic Component Repair and Replacement 20 40 20 40 In this course, the student will learn to identify different types of plastic used in the construction of vehicles. Students will learn to make repair/replace decisions on plastic parts. Students will learn to prepare for both single and two-sided repairs on plastic parts. The course includes both adhesive type repairs and plastic welding. Sheet Molded Compound (SMC) identification along with one-sided and two-sided repairs will be covered. TI00342 Auto Collision Mig (GMAW) Welding 25 80 25 80 In this course, the student will learn about the specific personal safety equipment used when MIG welding, and how to protect the vehicle when welding. The student will cover the MIG welding equipment and how to tune and trouble shoot the welder. Students will learn to join two pieces of metal using the appropriate process and joint selection. The welding joints covered will be: lap/fillet, butt, butt w/backing and plug. Students will learn techniques for welding in the vertical and overhead position using I-Car specific specifications. TI00275 Automotive Body Panel Adjustment and Alignment 15 30 15 30 In this course, the students will learn to remove, install and align bolted body parts. Some of the parts covered in this course will be fenders, hoods, doors, decklids, bumpers and bumper covers. This course will also cover wind noise and water leak detection related to panel alignment. TI00341 Auto Collision Written/Computerized Estimating 10 20 10 20 This course will cover how a written/computerized estimate becomes the communication tool between the repair facility and the insurance company or customer. In this course, the student will learn to create an accurate damage report by collecting the pertinent information from the customer and the vehicle. Students will learn to import digital pictures used for documentation. Students will learn how to look up parts prices and labor hours as well as how to make repair judgment calls when straightening panels. The student will assemble all of the information into a complete damage estimate. TI00079 Transportation Customer Service 15 30 15 30 In this course, the student will learn communication skills using telephone and verbal techniques. The student will cover customer greeting, checking the vehicle records, checking the customer records, presentation of the invoice and work order explanation. The student will learn how to perform customer delivery and follow-ups after the repair. Also covered will be warranties, service

80 | P a g e

contracts, service bulletins, campaigns and recalls. This course will close with how to develop promotions and advertising. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 200 325 525 Adult Student: 200 325 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II – Painting & Refinishing

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI102GP Overview of Painting and Refinishing 30 0 30 0 In this course, the student will cover tools and equipment, safety, hazardous material handling and storage. The student will be taught to identify safety and hazardous warning information for products used in the Painting and Refinishing industry and the Right-To-Know Act. Students will also study the Painting and Refinishing industry and the preparation of the vehicle for entering the repair facility. TI00347 Auto Collision Trim and Hardware 10 20 10 20 Within this course, the student will learn about the different fasteners used in vehicle construction. Students will cover removing and installing trim, locks and trim panels while experiencing different types of hardware or attachment methods. TI00348 Automotive Glass Replacement 15 45 15 45 In this course, the student will learn to identify types of automotive glass. Common glass specialty tools used to remove and install glass will be covered. Students will learn techniques to remove and install stationary glass and be able to identify the properties and characteristics of primers, adhesives and sealants. Students will also cover movable glass and learn some techniques of trouble shooting the mechanisms and methods to remove and install movable glass components. TI00284 Refinish Preparation 35 70 35 70 In this course, the student will learn how to prepare the surface for the refinishing process. The student will cover topics about sandpaper and learn techniques to choose the proper grit and how to operate sanding equipment. This course will provide instruction in masking techniques and products used to mask and protect areas not in the refinish operation. The students will learn proper techniques for block and finish sanding prior to topcoat application. Students will learn to apply proper substrate cleaning before the application of refinish products. TI00831 Refinish Application 20 100 20 100 In this course, spray gun operation will be covered in great detail and applied to different products used in refinishing. Students will learn about corrosion protection products and how to mix and

81 | P a g e

apply them, which will include etching primers, primer surfacer and sealing materials. Seam sealers and chip resistant coatings will be covered to demonstrate their role and application process. Students will learn about topcoats, like basecoat/clear coat products and their application techniques. Included in this course is instruction to determine the cause and corrective action for finish failures. TI00285 Refinish Color Adjustment 15 60 15 60 In this course, the students will learn to make a spray-out panel and how to evaluate the color match. Techniques and strategies for adjusting the color for an acceptable color match will be taught. Students will learn techniques to help adjust high metallic/mica colors as well as tri-coat colors. TI00830 Refinish Blending and Painting Defects 10 35 10 35 In this course, the student will learn masking techniques specific to the blending. Students will learn how to apply the refinish material to perform an undetectable repair. Included in this course will be instruction on how to determine the cause and corrective action for refinishing defects and failures. TI00283 Automotive Detailing 10 50 10 50 In the detailing course, the student will learn to complete the refinishing repair. The student will learn to sand and polish the refinish material after curing, prepare for delivery by washing and cleaning interior and exterior of the vehicle. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 145 380 525 Adult Student: 145 380 525

Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student:* 345 705 1050 Adult Student: 345 705 1050 * High school students may complete this program in an adult enrollment status if necessary. Please see your instructor or counselor for details. NATEF Hours

NATEF Area NATEF Required Hours

Combination Collision Repair Hours

Nonstructural Repair 300 330 Painting & Refinishing 300 435 Welding 75 80 DAECS 45 75 Total NATEF Hours 720 920

82 | P a g e

Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 30% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (40% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (30% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy:

83 | P a g e

For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the auto collision

field. Student Behavior Includes:

• Safety glasses must be worn at all times when in the shop area • Coveralls must be worn at all times in the shop area. • Name badges must be worn at all times. • Follow all rules and regulations of Great Plains Technology Center.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• Automotive Service Excellence (ASE) - two years of training in collision repair will substitute for one year of work experience

• Inter-Industry Conference on Auto Collision Repair (ICAR) • National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence (NATEF)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• ASE: CRR: STUDENT: Mechanical and Electrical Components (2060) • ASE: CRR: STUDENT: Non-Structural Analysis and Damage Repair (2059) • ASE: CRR: STUDENT: Painting and Refinishing (2057) • ASE: CRR: STUDENT: Structural Analysis and Damage Repair (2058)

Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Non-Structural Analysis & Damage Repair Technician (2002) • ODCTE: Painting & Refinishing Technician (2005)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 47.0603 • SOC Code – 49-3021.00

Instructional Materials: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Textbooks: Crandell, Michael. Auto Collision Repair and Refinishing. 1st ed. 978-1-61960-387-5. The

Goodheart-Willcox Company, Inc., 2014. Crandell, Michael. Workbook Auto Collision Repair and Refinishing. 1st ed. 978-1-61960-392-9.

The Goodheart-Willcox Company, Inc., 2014. I-CAR Enhanced Curriculum (CD)

84 | P a g e

85 | P a g e

Combination Welder

Frederick Campus

86 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER – FREDERICK CAMPUS COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Manufacturing (MN) Career Pathway: Welding and Metal Fabrication (MN007) Program: Combination Welder (MN0070030) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Brent Stone, Jr. Office Number: (580) 355-2010 E-Mail Address: bstone@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year Adult Students: Transcript

Prerequisites: None. Program Description: This program will teach students to do quality welding for a variety of construction and manufacturing jobs using multiple structural welding techniques. Instruction will cover welding theory and safety, fabrication, layout, print reading, symbols, math, welding codes, metal characteristics/properties and oxyfuel cutting. Students will learn to perform high quality welds in accordance with welding procedure specifications used in a variety of welding occupations. They will also gain an introduction to pipe welding skills, using SMAW, FCAW and GTAW techniques. Program Goals: Upon successful completion of this program, the student should be able to enter the welding field at the entry level, according to their individual skill and self-motivation. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation • Become qualified for entry into the job market • Pass at least one Occupational State of Oklahoma certification test • Demonstrate independence in using problem solving and critical thinking techniques in

completing all work assignments • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment Related Career Opportunities:

• Structural Welder • Pipe Welder • Combo Welder • Pipefitter • Welder’s Helper • Production Welder

87 | P a g e

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Perform various cutting operations with oxy-acetylene cutting equipment • Perform shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) operations on steel in all standard positions • Perform gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) operations on steel in all standard positions • Perform gas metal arc welding (GMAW) operations on steel in all standard positions • Perform flux cored arc welding (FCAW) operations on steel in all standard positions • Interpret welding related blueprints • Layout and fit a welding project from a sketch or drawing • Operate welding related equipment commonly found in the welding industry

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI005GP Safety and Orientation 66 0 66 0 This is an introduction to basic welding safety, math, hand tools, power tools, blueprints, rigging, communication skills and employability skills. Also an introduction to uses of safety equipment, protective clothing, and procedures for cutting metals are included. TI069GP Blueprint Reading, Measurement and Math Basic 60 0 60 0 This is an introduction to Basic Blueprint Reading for Welders, which will include the ability to interpret a basic drawing with welding symbols. Time will also include reading tape measures and using math formulas to complete basic problems. TI006GP Cutting Processes 12 44 12 44 This course identifies oxyfuel cutting, air carbon arc cutting, and plasma arc cutting equipment, set-up procedures and safety requirements for all of these cutting processes. Basic lay-out and measurement is also covered. TI007GP SMAW Basic 23 98 23 98 This course is an introduction to SMAW and welding safety, how to connect welding current and set up arc welding equipment. The course covers the importance of tools used to clean welds. This course will also cover the use of electrodes and basic electricity. Other areas covered in this course are SMAW beads, fillet welds, welding joint fit-up and adjustments, and weld quality.

88 | P a g e

TI00761 GMAW/FCAW Basic 23 88 23 88 This course is an introduction to safety procedures for GMAW and FCAW equipment and explains the filler metals and shielding gases used to perform GMAW and FCAW. It also covers equipment setup and operations. Other areas covered in this course are GMAW, FCAW, and GMA-Pulse welding beads and fillet welds. TI008GP GTAW Basic 23 88 23 88 This course is an introduction to GTAW safety, equipment, filler metals, and shielding gases. Students will be instructed to set-up equipment and shielding gases, prepare base metal and make beads and fillet welds with and without filler metal. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 207 318 525 Adult Student: 207 318 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II

TI01673 Safety Orientation – OSHA 10 Hour Card 10 0 10 0 This is the OSHA 10-hour General Industry Course. Students who complete this course will receive an OSHA 10-Hour General Industry Course Card. You must complete the training within a six (6) month time period spending no more than 7½ hours (450 minutes) in one (1) calendar day. You must complete all of the required modules prior to course completion and viewing the optional modules. TI070GP Blueprint Reading, Measurement and Math Advanced 45 0 45 0 This course covers the advanced aspects of Blueprint Reading, Measurement and Math. It also covers the Theory of Pipefitting and Layout. The use of tools used in pipefitting and layout is also covered, as well as the Nondestructive Testing used in the piping industry. TI009GP SMAW Advanced 6 87 6 87 This course covers the aspects of SMAW advanced welding practices. This course is an introduction to open V-groove welds and how to set up welding equipment for making an open V-groove weld. Procedures for making flat, vertical, horizontal, and overhead open V-groove welds are covered. It includes the weld quality, destructive testing of welds, and welding blueprints. TI010GP GMAC/FCAW Advanced 0 30 0 30 This course covers the advanced aspects of GMAC/FCAW welding. The course explains GMAC open V-groove welds and FCAW V-groove with backing. This course identifies weld quality and explains welding blueprints. Destructive testing welds is covered.

89 | P a g e

TI00092 SMAW Open Root Pipe Welds I 10 108 10 108 This course is an introduction to making open root welds on pipe. It will cover uphill and downhill welding of pipe in the 2G, 5G, and 6G positions. Weld quality and visual inspection of welds is also covered. TI011GP SMAW Open Root Pipe Welds II 23 108 23 108 This course covers the aspect of SMAW pipe advanced welding practices. It provides the procedures and practice for making 6G welds, preparing coupons for testing, and destructive testing of pipe welds. TI012GP GTAW Advanced 0 98 0 98 This course covers the aspects of GTAW advanced welding practices. Instruction will be given on making open-root GTAW welds on plate and pipe using both combo-welding techniques (GTAW and SMAW) and 100% GTAW pipe welding techniques. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 94 431 525 Adult Student: 94 431 525 Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student:* 301 749 1050 Adult Student: 301 749 1050 * High school students may complete this program in an adult enrollment status if necessary. Please see your instructor or counselor for details. Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 40% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (40% of final grade) • While daily grades reflect the student’s work attitude, progress chart grades reflect

the student’s ability to perform the tasks assigned in the various welding processes. Upon completion of each task, the student’s performance will be

90 | P a g e

evaluated using a check list provided to each student. No performance grade below 85% will be accepted by the instructor.

Test Grades (20% of final grade)

• Theory tests will be given at regular intervals. These will be objective tests designed to test the student’s technical knowledge. All safety tests must pass with 100% accuracy.

• Skill tests will be given at the end of most units to make sure students are developing the skills necessary for entry into the welding field. Skill tests will not only count as weld grades, but will also be counted as a test grade. Each will be worth 100 points.

• Students who do not reach skill tests on the progress chart or do not complete them by the end of the grading period will receive a “0” for both weld grade and test grade.

• If a student has time in the next grade period to complete a skill test that was missed, they may do so, but only for competency profile requirements; no test grade will be given.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the GPTC Student Handbook and the Welding Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness.

91 | P a g e

Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the welding field. • All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook. • It is highly recommended that the student have purchased or attained the required tools

and equipment for employment as a welder. Possessing a valid driver’s license will also benefit the student and is recommended.

Student Behavior Includes:

• All students will wear welding class uniforms. Uniforms will be worn from the beginning of the class period to the end of the class period, or until shop cleanup is finished. This includes during any period of time when a student may be out of the shop or classroom.

• Overalls will be worn properly and not tied around the waist at any time. Overalls in need of repair will be fixed within 3 days or replaced. Students may not alter their overalls in any way without the specific permission of the instructor. Overalls must fit properly or be replaced.

• Students will also be expected to wear their student ID badge any time they are on campus, this includes break times. Student ID badges will not be altered in any way. Students will wear their overalls properly while on break.

• Students will wear boots that completely cover the feet, laced properly. Students will wear clear safety glasses at all times while in the shop environment. Clear prescription glasses will be permitted. Safety glasses may not be altered without the specific permission of the instructor.

• Shorts will not be permitted at any time. Full length pants are to be worn as this is a working environment. Tank tops or sleeveless shirts are not to be worn at any time. No piercing at all visible shall be worn at any time.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) • American Welding Society (AWS) • National Organization for Career and Technical Industry (NOCTI)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• DOL: Oklahoma Welder Certification (4404) Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Cutting Process Operator (4305) • ODCTE: Flux Cored Arc Welder (4303) • ODCTE: Gas Metal Arc Welder (4302) • ODCTE: Gas Tungsten Arc Welder (4304) • ODCTE: Shielded Metal Arc Welder (4301)

92 | P a g e

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk: • CIP Code – 48.0508 • SOC Code – 51-4121.06

Instructional Materials: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental reference materials. Textbooks: Graves, W.V. The Pipe Fitters Blue Book. 0970832109. Graves Publishing, 1973. Molnar, George A. Practical Guide to Butt Weld Pipe Fitting. Tech Aid Books, 1982. National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Welding Level 1. 0-13-

102574-0. Upper Saddle River: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2003. National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Welding Level 2. 0-13-

102581-3. Upper Saddle River: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2003. Welding Class Student Handbook.

93 | P a g e

94 | P a g e

Combination Welder

Lawton Campus

95 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER – LAWTON CAMPUS COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Manufacturing (MN) Career Pathway: Welding and Metal Fabrication (MN007) Program: Combination Welder (MN0070030) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Konrad Littau Office Number: (580) 250-5626 E-Mail Address: klittau@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year Adult Students: Transcript

Prerequisites: None. Program Description: This program will teach students to do quality welding for a variety of construction and manufacturing jobs using multiple structural welding techniques. Instruction will cover welding theory and safety, fabrication, layout, print reading, symbols, math, welding codes, metal characteristics/properties and oxyfuel cutting. Students will learn to perform high quality welds in accordance with welding procedure specifications used in a variety of welding occupations. They will also gain an introduction to pipe welding skills, using SMAW, FCAW and GTAW techniques. Program Goals: Upon successful completion of this program, the student should be able to enter the welding field at the entry level, according to their individual skill and self-motivation. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation • Become qualified for entry into the job market • Pass at least one Occupational State of Oklahoma certification test • Demonstrate independence in using problem solving and critical thinking techniques in

completing all work assignments • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment Related Career Opportunities:

• Structural Welder • Pipe Welder • Combo Welder • Pipefitter • Welder’s Helper • Production Welder

96 | P a g e

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Perform various cutting operations with oxy-acetylene cutting equipment • Perform shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) operations on steel in all standard positions • Perform gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) operations on steel in all standard positions • Perform gas metal arc welding (GMAW) operations on steel in all standard positions • Perform flux cored arc welding (FCAW) operations on steel in all standard positions • Interpret welding related blueprints • Layout and fit a welding project from a sketch or drawing • Operate welding related equipment commonly found in the welding industry

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI005GP Safety and Orientation 66 0 66 0 This is an introduction to basic welding safety, math, hand tools, power tools, blueprints, rigging, communication skills and employability skills. Also an introduction to uses of safety equipment, protective clothing, and procedures for cutting metals are included. TI069GP Blueprint Reading, Measurement and Math Basic 60 0 60 0 This is an introduction to Basic Blueprint Reading for Welders, which will include the ability to interpret a basic drawing with welding symbols. Time will also include reading tape measures and using math formulas to complete basic problems. TI006GP Cutting Processes 12 44 12 44 This course identifies oxyfuel cutting, air carbon arc cutting, and plasma arc cutting equipment, set-up procedures and safety requirements for all of these cutting processes. Basic lay-out and measurement is also covered. TI007GP SMAW Basic 23 98 23 98 This course is an introduction to SMAW and welding safety, how to connect welding current and set up arc welding equipment. The course covers the importance of tools used to clean welds. This course will also cover the use of electrodes and basic electricity. Other areas covered in this course are SMAW beads, fillet welds, welding joint fit-up and adjustments, and weld quality. TI00761 GMAW/FCAW Basic 23 88 23 88

97 | P a g e

This course is an introduction to safety procedures for GMAW and FCAW equipment and explains the filler metals and shielding gases used to perform GMAW and FCAW. It also covers equipment setup and operations. Other areas covered in this course are GMAW, FCAW, and GMA-Pulse welding beads and fillet welds. TI008GP GTAW Basic 23 88 23 88 This course is an introduction to GTAW safety, equipment, filler metals, and shielding gases. Students will be instructed to set-up equipment and shielding gases, prepare base metal and make beads and fillet welds with and without filler metal. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 207 318 525 Adult Student: 207 318 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II

TI01673 Safety Orientation – OSHA 10 Hour Card 10 0 10 0 This is the OSHA 10-hour General Industry Course. Students who complete this course will receive an OSHA 10-Hour General Industry Course Card. You must complete the training within a six (6) month time period spending no more than 7½ hours (450 minutes) in one (1) calendar day. You must complete all of the required modules prior to course completion and viewing the optional modules. TI070GP Blueprint Reading, Measurement and Math Advanced 45 0 45 0 This course covers the advanced aspects of Blueprint Reading, Measurement and Math. It also covers the Theory of Pipefitting and Layout. The use of tools used in pipefitting and layout is also covered, as well as the Nondestructive Testing used in the piping industry. TI009GP SMAW Advanced 6 87 6 87 This course covers the aspects of SMAW advanced welding practices. This course is an introduction to open V-groove welds and how to set up welding equipment for making an open V-groove weld. Procedures for making flat, vertical, horizontal, and overhead open V-groove welds are covered. It includes the weld quality, destructive testing of welds, and welding blueprints. TI010GP GMAW/FCAW Advanced 0 30 0 30 This course covers the advanced aspects of GMAC/FCAW welding. The course explains GMAC open V-groove welds and FCAW V-groove with backing. This course identifies weld quality and explains welding blueprints. Destructive testing welds is covered.

98 | P a g e

TI00092 SMAW Open Root Pipe Welds I 10 108 10 108 This course is an introduction to making open root welds on pipe. It will cover uphill and downhill welding of pipe in the 2G, 5G, and 6G positions. Weld quality and visual inspection of welds is also covered. TI011GP SMAW Open Root Pipe Welds II 23 108 23 108 This course covers the aspect of SMAW pipe advanced welding practices. It provides the procedures and practice for making 6G welds, preparing coupons for testing, and destructive testing of pipe welds. TI012GP GTAW Advanced 0 98 0 98 This course covers the aspects of GTAW advanced welding practices. Instruction will be given on making open-root GTAW welds on plate and pipe using both combo-welding techniques (GTAW and SMAW) and 100% GTAW pipe welding techniques. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 94 431 525 Adult Student: 94 431 525 Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student:* 301 749 1050 Adult Student: 301 749 1050 * High school students may complete this program in an adult enrollment status if necessary. Please see your instructor or counselor for details. Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 40% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (40% of final grade) • While daily grades reflect the student’s work attitude, progress chart grades reflect

the student’s ability to perform the tasks assigned in the various welding processes. Upon completion of each task, the student’s performance will be evaluated using a check list provided to each student. No performance grade below 85% will be accepted by the instructor.

99 | P a g e

Test Grades (20% of final grade) • Theory tests will be given at regular intervals. These will be objective tests

designed to test the student’s technical knowledge. All safety tests must pass with 100% accuracy.

• Skill tests will be given at the end of most units to make sure students are developing the skills necessary for entry into the welding field. Skill tests will not only count as weld grades, but will also be counted as a test grade. Each will be worth 100 points.

• Students who do not reach skill tests on the progress chart or do not complete them by the end of the grading period will receive a “0” for both weld grade and test grade.

• If a student has time in the next grade period to complete a skill test that was missed, they may do so, but only for competency profile requirements; no test grade will be given.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the GPTC Student Handbook and the Welding Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the welding field. • All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook.

100 | P a g e

• It is highly recommended that the student have purchased or attained the required tools and equipment for employment as a welder. Possessing a valid driver’s license will also benefit the student and is recommended.

Student Behavior Includes:

• All students will wear welding class uniforms. Uniforms will be worn from the beginning of the class period to the end of the class period, or until shop cleanup is finished. This includes during any period of time when a student may be out of the shop or classroom 155.

• Overalls will be worn properly and not tied around the waist at any time. Overalls in need of repair will be fixed within 3 days or replaced. Students may not alter their overalls in any way without the specific permission of the instructor. Overalls must fit properly or be replaced.

• Students will also be expected to wear their student ID badge any time they are on campus, this includes break times. Student ID badges will not be altered in any way. Students will wear their overalls properly while on break.

• Students will wear boots that completely cover the feet, laced properly. Students will wear clear safety glasses at all times while in the shop environment. Clear prescription glasses will be permitted. Safety glasses may not be altered without the specific permission of the instructor.

• Shorts will not be permitted at any time. Full length pants are to be worn as this is a working environment. Tank tops or sleeveless shirts are not to be worn at any time. No piercing at all visible shall be worn at any time.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) • American Welding Society (AWS) • National Organization for Career and Technical Industry (NOCTI)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• DOL: Oklahoma Welder Certification (4404) Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Cutting Process Operator (4305) • ODCTE: Flux Cored Arc Welder (4303) • ODCTE: Gas Metal Arc Welder (4302) • ODCTE: Gas Tungsten Arc Welder (4304) • ODCTE: Shielded Metal Arc Welder (4301)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 48.0508 • SOC Code – 51-4121.06

101 | P a g e

Instructional Materials: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental reference materials. Textbooks: Graves, W.V. The Pipe Fitters Blue Book. 0970832109. Graves Publishing, 1973. Molnar, George A. Practical Guide to Butt Weld Pipe Fitting. Tech Aid Books, 1982. National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Welding Level 1. 0-13-

102574-0. Upper Saddle River: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2003. National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Welding Level 2. 0-13-

102581-3. Upper Saddle River: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2003. Welding Class Student Handbook.

102 | P a g e

103 | P a g e

Construction Level I

Frederick Campus

104 | P a g e

105 | P a g e

106 | P a g e

107 | P a g e

108 | P a g e

109 | P a g e

110 | P a g e

111 | P a g e

112 | P a g e

Construction Technology Level II

Frederick Campus

113 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER – FREDERICK CAMPUS COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Architecture and Construction (AC)

Career Pathway: Construction (AC003)

Career Major: Construction Technology Level II (AC0030083)

Career Major Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours

Instructor: Name: Bryan Smith

Office Number: (580) 335-5525 or 800-460-5525 E-Mail Address: bjsmith@greatplains.edu

Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year

Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: Construction Technology Level I

Career Major Description: The construction technician career major is an introduction to the safety practices, tools and equipment, trade related math, blueprint reading and job opportunities in the construction industry. Students will be able to perform all course work related to handling, placing and finishing concrete. Basic wood framing, concrete form building, roofing applications, thermal and moisture protection, exterior finishing, CNC design and operation, safety practices, general construction tools and equipment uses/operations. Basic introduction will be covered in the following trade areas, residential electrical services, safety, drain waste and vent systems, plastic pipe and fittings, copper pipe and fittings. Students will receive "hands-on" experience building on-site portable buildings and various community service projects as well as general maintence projects on campus. Career Major Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the construction trades field according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this career major, students will:

• Become competent in the basic skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Work as a team member. • Pass at least one Occupational State of Oklahoma certification test. • Become qualified for further related education and/or enter the job market. • Demonstrate independence in using problem solving and critical thinking techniques

in completing all work assignments. • Develop the ability to work with limited supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school

and/or place of employment.

114 | P a g e

Related Career Opportunities: • Commercial Carpenter • Frame Carpenter • Concrete form Carpenter • Concrete Finisher • CNC setup and Operation

Career Major Objectives: After successful completion of this career major, the student will be able to:

• Utilize hand tools, power tools, ladders, and scaffolding in a safe, efficient manner. • Apply basic concepts of math and measurement to perform various construction-

related tasks. • Apply proper layout and construction procedures for building projects. • Develop an acceptable level of speed and accuracy to perform helper-level skills of

the trade. • Apply proper layout, cutting, and construction procedures for building projects. • Apply proper design, layout, cutting, procedures for CNC operations.

Career Major Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL

TI101GP General Construction Safety & First Aid Level II

10 20 10 20 General construction safety including tool and equipment safety, blood borne pathogens, CPR, PPE, confined space entry, hazardous materials, and right to know.

TI081GP Basic Stair Layout

12.5 25 12.5 25 Introduces types of stairs and common building code requirements related to stairs. Focuses on techniques for measuring and calculating rise, run, and stairwell openings, laying out stringers, and fabricating basic stairways.

TI00203 Electrical Safety in Construction

10 20 10 20 Covers safety rules and regulations for electricians, including precautions for electrical hazards found on the job. Also covers the OSHA mandated lockout/tagout procedure.

115 | P a g e

TI082GP Residential Electrical Services

15 30 15 30 Covers the electrical devices and wiring techniques common to residential construction and maintenance. Allows trainees to practice making service calculations. Stresses the appropriate NEC requirements. TI00730 Introduction to Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Systems 10 20 10 20 Explains how DWV systems remove waste. Discusses how system components such as pipe, drains, traps, and vents work. Reviews drain and vent sizing, grade and waste treatment. Also discusses how building sewers and sewers drains connect the DWV system to the public sewer system. TI00728 Plastic Pipe and Fittings 10 20 10 20 Introduces the types of plastic pipe and fittings used in plumbing applications, used in plumbing applications, including ABS, PVC, CPVC, PE, PEX, and PB. Describes how to measure, cut, join and support plastic pipe according to manufacturer’s instructions and applicable codes. Also discusses pressure testing of plastic pipe once installed. TI00939 Copper Pipe and Fittings 10 20 10 20 Discusses sizing, labeling, and applications of copper pipe and fittings and reviews the type of valves that can be used on copper pipe systems. Explains proper methods for cutting, joining, and installing copper pipe. Also addresses insulation, pressure testing, seismic codes, and handling and storage requirements.

TI01497 Introduction to Cabinetmaking 35 70 10 20 This module expands on the knowledge and skills gained through the Carpentry Curriculum and provides the basic information needed to construct and apply finishes to custom cabinetry. It identifies and discusses various types of wood products, wood-joining techniques, power tools, cabinet doors, shelves, and hardware. Specific guidance is also provided for the installation of laminated countertops. TI00383 Cabinet installation 10 20 10 20 Provides detailed instructions for the selection and installation of base and wall cabinets and countertops. TI083GP Introduction to Construction Equipment 7.5 15 7.5 15

116 | P a g e

Introduces construction equipment, including the aerial lift, skid steer loader, electric power generator, compressor, compactor, and forklift. An overview of general safety, operation, and maintenance procedures is provided.

TI084GP CNC Design Software Level II

20 40 20 40 This course covers more advanced tool pathing, double sided machining, tiled tool paths and basic cabinet parts layout.

TI085GP CNC Set up and Operation Level II

25 50 25 50 This course covers the setup, and replacement of various, machine components such as the ball screw mechanism, servo and stepper motors, control towers for both stepper and servo motors, machine alignment and calibration.

Sequence I Subtotal Hours:

Theory Lab Total

High School Student: 175 350 525 Adult Student: 175 350 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL

TI086GP Intro to Concrete Construction and Finishing 10 20 10 20 Provides an introduction to the methods and procedures used in concrete finishing. Introduces terms of the trade and tools and equipment used to place, finish, and cure concrete. Explains methods and techniques for constructing concrete structures.

TI087GP Concrete Safety 5 10 5 10 Explains safety requirements for concrete construction and finishing. Provides information on OSHA requirements with regard to hazard communication, fall protection, and use of personal protective equipment. Covers topics such as general work site safety, use of chemicals, and safe use of hand and power tools. TI088GP Properties of Concrete 10 20 10 20 Introduces the properties of concrete and the components that make up the concrete mixture. Describes chemical and physical properties of cement, aggregate, and admixtures. Explains basic tests used to determine properties such as slump and ultimate strength.

117 | P a g e

TI089GP Concrete Tools and Equipment 7.5 15 7.5 15 Describes tools and equipment used in the production, placing, and curing of concrete. Explains safe operation and maintenance requirements. Provides opportunities for hand tool operation and demonstration of larger pieces of power equipment. TI090GP Preparing for Placement 12.5 25 12.5 25 Details the methods and procedures used to prepare for placing concrete. Covers site layout, forms requirements, and subgrade preparation. Describes requirements for joints and reinforcement. Explains how to order concrete from a mixing or batch plant. TI091GP Placing Concrete 12.5 25 12.5 25 Presents requirements and methods for properly placing concrete. Includes information on conveying and placing fresh concrete using equipment such as wheelbarrows, pumps, and conveyors. Describes techniques for spreading, consolidating, and striking off concrete. TI092GP Finishing, Part One 15 30 15 30 Presents requirements and methods for properly placing concrete. Includes information on conveying and placing fresh concrete using equipment such as wheelbarrows, pumps, and conveyors. Describes techniques for spreading, consolidating, and striking off concrete. TI093GP Curing and Protecting Concrete 5 10 5 10 Introduces methods and procedures used in curing and protecting concrete. Covers curing commonly performed for both horizontal and vertical placement. Describes techniques for protecting concrete during hot and cold weather. TI094GP Introduction to Troubleshooting 5 10 5 10 Describes problems of placing, finishing, and curing. Defines symptoms of problems and discusses their causes. Presents ways to reduce or eliminate these problems. TI095GP Properties of Concrete, Part two 10 20 10 20 Describes the physical and chemical properties of materials used in a concrete mix. Includes descriptions of chemical and mineral admixtures, lightweight concrete, high strength concrete, flow able fill, and types of paving materials. Discusses expected results of the use of admixtures.

118 | P a g e

TI096GP Estimating Concrete Quantities 10 20 10 20 Covers the methods and techniques used in estimating materials quantities for concrete construction. Explains the use of plans and drawings as well as math calculations. Gives example calculations for estimating quantities of concrete for curb and gutter, stairs, slab, wall footings, and columns. TI097GP Forming 20 40 20 40 Describes forming requirements. Includes types of forms, forming materials, use of release agents, form accessories, placement of anchors and embedments, and form removal. Highlights safety requirements with emphasis on reshoring precautions and procedures. TI098GP Site Concrete 30 60 30 60 Includes descriptions and techniques for forming, constructing, and finishing steps and stairs, curbs and gutters, sidewalks and driveways, and low vertical structures. TI099GP Surface Treatments 12.5 25 12.5 25 Provides an overview of surface treatments applied to concrete structures. Includes the requirements for and application of dry shakes, self-leveling topping, epoxies, and shotcrete. TI100GP Making Repairs 10 20 10 20 Explains the requirements for making repairs to concrete based on specific problems. Explains and demonstrates repair methods. Describes the use of special tools and materials. Sequence II Subtotal Hours:

Theory Lab Total

High School Student: 175 350 525 Adult Student: 175 350 525

Career Major Total:

Theory

Lab

Total

High School Student: 348 702 1050 Adult Student: 348 702 1050 * High school students may complete this career major in an adult enrollment status if necessary. Please see your instructor or counselor for details.

Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 50% of final grade)

119 | P a g e

The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (30% of final grade)

• Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (20% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make- up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness, refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness.

120 | P a g e

Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the

construction field. • It is recommended that the student meet with the teacher and their parents at least

once per semester. • All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student

Handbook. • SkillsUSA is the student organization for the residential construction carpentry field.

This club offers an outstanding opportunity to develop leadership and social skills. Students are highly encouraged to participate. Dues are paid by the superintendent.

• It is highly recommended that the student have purchased or attained the required tools and equipment for employment as a carpenter. Possessing a valid driver’s license will also benefit the student and is recommended.

Student Behavior Includes:

• Safety glasses must be worn at all times when in the shop area. • Name badges must be worn at all times. • Follow all rules and regulations of Great Plains Technology Center.

Industry Alignments: • National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) • National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) • National Occupational Competency Testing Institute (NOCTI)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Construction Trainee (3001) • ODCTE: Frame Carpenter (3005) •

Tier 6 – Certifications Administered/Proctored by Instructor • OSHA 10-Hour General Industry Assessment • Power Truck Operator card (fork lift) • First aid/CPR Certification-Medic First Aid

Tier 7 – National Career Readiness Certificate in Applied Mathematics, Locating Information and Reading for Information: • Platinum Level – 6 or above in all three areas • Gold Level – 5 or above in all three areas • Silver Level – 4 or above in all three areas • Bronze Level – 3 or above in all three areas

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor.

121 | P a g e

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk: • CIP Code – 46.0415 • SOC Code – 17-3022

Instructional Materials: High School Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Textbooks (Digital Versions used where available): National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Construction

Technology: Construction Technology, NCCERconnect Access Card. 4th ed.ISBN-13 9780134751269. Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2016. ($140.00)

National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Concrete Finishing

Level 1 Concrete Finishing level 1 trainee Guide, paperback, ISBN-13 9780130101461.

Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 1998. ($89.33) National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Concrete Finishing

Level 2 Concrete Finishing Level 2 Trainee Guide, paperback, ISBN-13 9780130148605.

Saddle Hill: Pearson Prentice Hall, 1998. ($129.33)

122 | P a g e

123 | P a g e

Cosmetologist

Frederick Campus

124 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER- FREDERICK CAMPUS COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Human Services (HM) Career Pathway: Personal Care Services (HM004) Program: Cosmetologist (HM0040003) Program Hours: Adult Students: 1500 Hours Instructor: Name: Linda Woody Office Number: (580) 250-2008 E-Mail Address: lwoody@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Adult Students: Transcript

Prerequisites: None Program Description: Cosmetology students will receive theory in each phase of cosmetology. Students will learn to do such skills as manicuring and pedicuring, facials, scalp treatments, shampoo-color rinse and acid rinse, finger waving, hair styling, including the dressing of wigs, thermal, and blow drying, shampoo tints and bleaches, hair cutting and hair shaping, lash and brow dyeing and arching, personality and shop management, permanent waving and reverse permanent waving. In this comprehensive 1000 / 1500-hour program, you will explore the latest styles and techniques in hair cutting and styling, skin care, nail care and makeup. From a foundation of theoretical knowledge, you will practice and perfect your techniques and learn professional business-building skills. Upon completion you will be prepared for a career as a hair stylist or technician, makeup artist or salon owner. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the Cosmetology according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Program covered provide a variety of career goals or continuing education in personal care services and cosmetology. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students should:

• Become competent in the field of Cosmetology • Demonstrate and maintain good work ethics and behavior • Demonstrate productive study and work habits • Work as a team member • Pass at least one Occupational State of Oklahoma certification area • Become qualified for further related education and/or enter the job market • Demonstrate independence in using problem solving and critical thinking techniques in

completing all work assignments • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision

125 | P a g e

• Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school program and/or place of employment

Related Career Opportunities: • Salon Operator • Cosmetologist • Cosmetology Related Field

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Develop a resume, list of references, cover letter, and an achievement portfolio for future employment and educational purposes

• Apply and maintain a safe and healthy personal and work environment • Upon completion of the program, the student will pass the Oklahoma State Board of

Cosmetology and Barbering examination with a minimum grade of 75% on both the written and practical components of the test.

• The student will develop the knowledge, skills, and attitudes that will prepare them for gainful employment in the cosmetology field.

Program Course Sequence:

• Full-time Adult (Year One): Semester I and II • Full-time Adult (Year Two): Semester III

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEMESTER I

Course # Course Name ADT ADL TI017GP Semester One Introduction and Theory 50 25 This course is an overview of the field of Cosmetology – bacteriology, sterilization, sanitation, and safety. TI018GP Scalp Treatments and Shampooing/Conditioning 7 12 The student will learn basic scalp treatments. TI019GP Hairstyling 63 126 The student learns all hairstyling techniques including wet setting hair with rollers, pin curls, and finger waves, also hair pressing, dressing of wigs and thermal and blow-dry styling. TI020GP Haircutting 41 72 The student learns hair shaping with shears, thinning shears, razors, and clippers. TI021GP Manicure/Pedicure 19 37 The student learns basic manicure and pedicure techniques TI022GP Hair Restructuring and Permanent Waving I 16 32 The student learns permanent waving, chemical relaxing, and soft curl perming.

126 | P a g e

Semester I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total Adult Student: 196 304 500

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEMESTER II

Course # Course Name ADT ADL TI023GP Semester Two Introduction and Theory 50 25 This course is an overview of the field of Cosmetology – bacteriology, sterilization, sanitation, and safety. TI024GP Hair Restructuring and Permanent Waving II 35 68 The student learns permanent waving, chemical relaxing, and soft curl perming. TI025GP Hair Color, Tints, and Bleaching 37 70 The student learns tinting, lightening, special effects, and corrective coloring. TI026GP Facials 35 66 The student will learn basic facial treatments and techniques. TI027GP Professional Development 38 76 The student will learn the basics of customer service and how to manage a salon. Semester II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total Adult Student: 195 305 500

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEMESTER III

Course # Course Name ADT ADL TI028G8 Scalp Treatments and Shampooing/Conditioning Exit Preparation 4 7 The student will learn basic scalp treatments. TI029GP Hairstyling Exit Preparation 37 74 The student learns all hairstyling techniques including wet setting hair with rollers, pin curls, and finger waves, also hair pressing, dressing of wigs and thermal and blow-dry styling. TI030GP Haircutting Exit Preparation 23 44 The student learns hair shaping with shears, thinning shears, razors, and clippers. TI031GP Manicure/Pedicure Exit Preparation 12 22 The student learns basic manicure and pedicure techniques TI032GP Hair Restructuring and Permanent Waving Exit Preparation 31 58

127 | P a g e

The student learns permanent waving, chemical relaxing, and soft curl perming. TI033GP Hair Color, Tints, and Bleaching Exit Preparation 21 42 The student learns tinting, lightening, special effects, and corrective coloring. TI034GP Facials Exit Preparation 21 38 The student will learn basic facial treatments and techniques. TI035GP Professional Development Exit Preparation 22 44 The student will learn the basics of customer service and how to manage a salon. Semester III Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total Adult Student: 171 329 500 Program Total: Theory Lab Total Adult Student: 562 938 1,500 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 50% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (20% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (30% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

128 | P a g e

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Students must attain a 75% composite average in order to qualify to take the Board of Cosmetology Exam.

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• The Board of Cosmetology requires students provide their Social Security Number, a photo, and other identifying information before tracking hours for certification.

• Class begins at 8:00 am and 12:00 p.m. Students are to be fully dressed in uniform, have classroom books, materials, and be seated in classroom at that time.

• No cell phones unless permission is given by the instructor • Each student is to buy a key lock for their locker as they are responsible for their own

property (uniform, closed-toed shoes, books, money, & etc.) An extra key will be given to the instructor. If caught stealing, you will be dismissed from the Cosmetology class.

• This is a school class and also a public business, so act in a manner using ethical practices.

• Always keep yourself neat and clean. Keep uniforms clean, also. Do not wait until you get to cosmetology to fix your hair and put on your make-up. You need to do this before you get here.

• No student will be allowed to refuse work on a client. Refusing to work on a client will result in expulsion from the program.

• When you work on a patron, never let that patron know that this is the first time you have worked on a patron. You have been trained so do your best.

• Do not wear a coat or sweater over your uniform. This is unsanitary. You may wear a long sleeved shirt under your uniform for warmth.

• Gossiping or causing disruption among students, instructors or patrons is unprofessional and will not be tolerated. Profanity, lewd and derogatory remarks are prohibited.

129 | P a g e

• Read and work on only the things that deal with Cosmetology, unless given permission to do so.

• Students will only have services performed on themselves when they have permission. • Students will be assigned dispensary and cleaning jobs weekly. This is to be done

without being told or there will be a deduction in the skilled grade. • The last 10 minutes of class is clean up time. Keep your station clean and orderly at all

times. Do this without being told. Always sweep up hair as soon as it has been cut. • Do not leave the classroom or building without permission. Students must sign in and

out before leaving the classroom. This is for your own safety and time will not be deducted when going to the break room or rest room.

• All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook. Student Behavior Includes:

• Be here. o I expect your regular attendance in this class. A lack of attendance is sufficient

grounds for failure. All employers will expect you to be at work every day. o You must call the school and me if you are not going to be in class. Parents must

call for high school students. o Anyone tardy will lose points for the day.

• Be on time. o All employers expect you to be on time. Students are considered late if they

arrive after 8:00 am or 12:00 pm. • Complete all assignments on time.

o The homework assignments will be worth varying numbers of points. Your grade depends on the homework assignments, skilled work, exams, and projects. I will not accept late homework unless it is an excused absence. I expect you to do your own work.

• Keep track of your belongings. o Put your name on all items assigned to you. You will be assigned a locker. o If you lose or damage program items, you must pay for them.

• Uniforms o Student uniforms will be laundered regularly. o In order to receive a grade and hours, the student must be in the uniform

approved by the Oklahoma Board of Cosmetology. See Oklahoma State Board of Cosmetology & Barbering Handbook page 34 Section 175: 10-3-64

o Male students should be clean shaven or facial hair should be neatly trimmed and clean.

o Shoes must be closed-toed. o Student’s hair should be clean and styled. o Student’s make-up should be of a moderate amount.

• Supplies o Do not waste supplies (shampoo, conditioner, products, etc.). o Proper care should be taken with mannequins, shop equipment, textbooks, etc.

• Clean-Up o Know your clean-up duty and do it without being told.

• Attitude o Be polite to everyone. o Motivate yourself.

• Be professional! • Students will also be expected to wear their student ID badge on their left breast pocket

130 | P a g e

any time they are on campus this includes break times. • Student ID badges will not be altered in any way or they will be required to purchase a

new one.

These rules are in addition to the Student Handbook. Students will be provided a wall-locker and lock to secure all items.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• Oklahoma State Board of Cosmetology and Barbering License Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• Oklahoma State Board of Cosmetology and Barbering Certification Exam (3826) CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 12.0401 • SOC Code – 39-5012.00

Instructional Materials: Students are required to purchase textbooks and supplemental materials. Textbooks: Milady. Milady Standard Cosmetology Exam Review. 978-1285769554. Boston: Cengage

Learning, 2016. ($59.79) * Milady. Milady’s Standard Cosmetology. 13th ed. 978-1285769417. Boston: Cengage Learning,

2016. ($59.79) * Milady. Practical Workbook for Milady Standard Cosmetology. 13th ed. 978-1285769479.

Boston: Cengage Learning, 2016. ($54.77) * Milady. Theory Workbook for Milady Standard Cosmetology. 13th ed. 978-1285769455.

Boston: Cengage Learning, 2016. ($54.77) * * Books are purchased with the Cosmetology Kit for a total - $670.00.

131 | P a g e

132 | P a g e

Criminal Justice Officer

Lawton Campus

133 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security (LW) Career Pathway: Law Enforcement Services (LW004) Program: Criminal Justice Officer (LW0040001) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Brad Davis Office Number: (580) 250-5522 E-Mail Address: bdavis@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year. Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: Background check required. A 10th grade reading, writing and

math level is recommended. Program Description: This program is an introduction to the historical background, professional direction, agencies and processes, purposes, functions, ethics, administration, and technical problems of the criminal justice system. Areas examined are municipal, state, and federal systems. This program will prepare students to enter the law enforcement profession as a qualified candidate. Students enrolled in the Criminal Justice program will receive training that meets or exceeds CLEET standards. Students enrolled in the Criminal Justice program must complete an 80 hour ride-a-long internship with the Lawton Police Department, Lawton Police Dispatch, US Marshall’s Office and other agencies as assigned. Students must agree to allow the Great Plains Technology Center to submit their name to the Lawton Police Department and US Marshall’s Office for approval to participate in the ride-a-long internship portion of this work-based learning experience. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the law enforcement profession according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the law enforcement profession. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Participate as responsible citizens. • Develop positive and realistic self image. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school, and place of

employment. • Develop occupationally related communication and problem solving skills.

134 | P a g e

Related Career Opportunities:

• Law Enforcement Officer • Security Guard • Private Investigator

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Follow the standards and procedures of the law enforcement profession. • Become aware of and use the standard procedures to ensure safe operation in law

enforcement. • Become familiar with the methodology necessary to enter the profession. • Identify and understand legal, moral, and ethical responsibilities in law enforcement. • Identify and differentiate between ethical and unethical conduct in selected situations. • Participate in occupational work-hardening activities. • Successfully complete occupationally related physical fitness assessments.

Program Course Sequence: • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adults (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI036GP Careers, Operations & Models of the Criminal Justice System 15 30 15 30 This course identifies and explores Careers in Law Enforcement. Students will learn about the criminal justice system and, discuss the roles, models, operational strategies, and responsibilities of local, county, state and federal law enforcement agencies. (Chapters – Careers in Law Enforcement and Public Safety, The Criminal Justice System, Models of Policing, Day-to-Day Operations.) TI00507 Law Enforcement Equipment and Weapons 30 60 30 60 Study various types of equipment and weapons currently used by law enforcement. Subjects include safety policies, procedures, care and maintenance of weapons and equipment. TI037GP Ethics in Law Enforcement 10 20 10 20 This course describes common ethical challenges in law enforcement. It will identtify unethical and illegal actions in police work. TI00179 C.L.E.E.T. Phase I 10 20 10 20

135 | P a g e

Study private security training required by the Oklahoma Security Guard and Private Investigator's Act of 1987. Areas of student include interpreting the O.S.G.P.I. Act, responding to accidents and emergencies, responding to fire, writing field notes, writing reports, interpreting legal powers and limitations. Upon completion of C.L.E.E.T. phases I and II, students qualify to sit for the State Unarmed Security exam for Oklahoma State Unarmed Security Guard License. TI038GP Communication and Writing Skills 15 30 15 30 This course will describe the verbal and written communication processes used in law enforcement. TI00172 Bio Terrorism 10 20 10 20 Study techniques in threat assessment, target assessment, surveillance, detection, intervention, and response to bio-terrorist threats. TI039GP Citizens’ Rights 10 20 10 20 This course describes the Constitutional rights of U.S. Citizens. Students will learn the Constitutional Amendments and important cases that clarify, expand, or restrict Constitutional rights. Consequences of violating citizens' Constitutional rights will also be discussed. TI040GP Criminal and Constitutional Laws and the Criminal Justice System 15 30 15 30 This course will compare and explain the state and the federal court systems, as well as define criminal law. Classification of crimes will be identified. A criminal case will be tracked through the dual court system. (Chapters – Criminal Laws and the Criminal Justice System, Criminal and Constitutional Law) TI00504 Criminal Justice Internship & Workforce Staging I 0 180 0 180 The Criminal Justice Internship provides the student with basic law enforcement knowledge and practical application of communications, and patrol tactics. Emphasis is on teamwork in patrol activities and responsibilities of the student officer. All evaluations are competency based. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 115 410 525 Adult Student: 115 410 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI00177 C.L.E.E.T. Phase II 10 20 10 20 Study private security training required by the Oklahoma Security Guard and Private Investigator's Act of 1987. Areas of study include practicing public relations, performing fixed post duties,

136 | P a g e

patrolling, investigating security incidents, and terrorism awareness. Upon completion of C.L.E.E.T. phases I and II, students qualify to sit for the State Unarmed Security exam for Oklahoma State Unarmed Security Guard License. TI041GP Investigations, Digital Forensics & Criminalistics 25 50 25 50 This course will demonstrate police report writing, interviewing and interrogations used in various situations. This course will also introduce students to digital forensics and teach them how to obtain digital evidence for use in an investigation. Students are introduced to basic computer and networking concepts, the internet, and computer crimes. In addition, students will learn how to manage evidence and the industry best-practices for examining computers that might contain crime-related information. TI042GP Arrests, Search and Seizure 15 35 15 35 This course will examine the authority of police officers and private citizens to make arrests. It will differentiate between an arrest and a stop. Probable cause and the Exclusionary Rule will be discussed. (Chapters – Arrests, Search and Seizure) TI043GP Conflict Resolution and Victim Assistance In Law Enforcement 20 40 20 40 The course will describe techniques used to manage conflict and anger. Students will distinguish between passive, aggressive, and assertive behavior. Statistical information about crime and crime victims will be explored. (Chapters – Law Enforcement and Victim Assistance, Conflict Resolution) TI044GP Juveniles and the Justice System 10 20 10 20 This course will discuss the history, terminology, and constitutional rights of juveniles. The concept of Parens Patriae will be discussed. TI045GP Traffic Codes and Enforcement 20 40 20 40 This course will discuss the risks and benefits of effective traffic control. Types of traffic statues that can apply to traffic incidents will be discussed. The risks, phases, and mistakes with traffic stops will be explained. TI046GP Trials, Sentencing and Corrections 10 20 10 20 This course will identify the general factors influencing a judge’s sentencing decision. Students will review the three basic types of prison sentences and the steps a law enforcement officer should take when preparing for court. TI047GP Civil Law 10 20 10 20 This course will cover the categories of civil law. Student will compare civil law and criminal law. The course will discuss mistakes of fact, negligence, and failure to act in law enforcement.

137 | P a g e

TI048GP Criminal Justice Internship & Workforce Staging II 0 160 0 160 The Criminal Justice Internship provides the student with basic law enforcement knowledge and practical application of communications, and patrol tactics. Emphasis is on teamwork in patrol activities and responsibilities of the student officer. All evaluations are competency based. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 120 405 525 Adult Student: 120 405 525 Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 235 815 1050 Adult Student: 235 815 1050 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 50% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (20% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (30% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

138 | P a g e

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the Law

Enforcement field. • It is recommended that the student meet with the teacher and their parents at least once

per semester. • All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student and Cadet

Handbooks. • SkillsUSA is the student organization for the Law Enforcement field. This club offers an

outstanding opportunity to develop leadership and social skills. Students are highly encouraged to participate.

• Upon satisfactory program completion, students will receive a transcript. • Students should dress and groom appropriately for the job they are being trained for. • C.L.E.E.T. Testing Standards are 70% or above for passing.

Student Behavior Includes:

• All students will wear the prescribed class uniform each day of class. • Uniforms will be worn properly with the boots bloused, shirt tucked in and with the Velcro

under belt. • Uniforms will be worn from the beginning of the class period to the end of the class period,

or until shop cleanup is finished. This includes during any period of time when a student may be out of the shop or classroom 910.

• Students will wear their uniform properly while on break. • Uniforms in need of repair will be fixed within 3 days or replaced. • Uniforms should fit properly or be replaced. Students will not wear uniform clothing with

other clothing. Students may not alter their uniforms in any way without the specific

139 | P a g e

permission of the instructor. • Students will wear their student ID badge at or about their right breast pocket area any

time they are on campus, this includes break times. • The student ID badges will not be altered in any way. • Students will wear the foot wear designated for the uniform. • Students will wear clear safety glasses at all times while working in the lab environment.

Clear prescription glasses will be permitted. Safety glasses may not be altered without the specific permission of the instructor.

• Safety precautions prohibit the wearing of shorts, tank tops, sleeveless shirts and visible body piercings. Full length pants are to be worn as this is a working environment.

• All cell phones or other electronic devices shall be turned off and placed according to class/ instructor policy.

• Students will be required to wear appropriate uniforms as prescribed in the cadet handbook for both work hardening and professional training.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor.

Industry Alignments:

• CLEET Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• Law Enforcement I (5002) Tier 7 – National Career Readiness Certificate in Applied Mathematics, Locating Information and Reading for Information:

• Platinum Level – 6 or above in all three areas • Gold Level – 5 or above in all three areas • Silver Level – 4 or above in all three areas • Bronze Level – 3 or above in all three areas

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 43.0107 • SOC Code – 33-3051.01

Instructional Materials and Supplies: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. eLearning Curricula:“PoliceOne Academy.” Policeoneacademy.com. Web. 2016.

<https://www.policeoneacademy.com/> Textbooks:

Buhl, Patti D. Jennifer Morris, and Stephen Gahagans. Law Enforcement I. Curriculum and Instructional Materials Center, 2017.

Oklahoma Vehicle, Criminal, Alcohol, Tobacco & Drug, and Boating & Game and Fish Laws Reference Book. B000Q6KQZC. Oklahoma Department of Public Safety, 2009.

140 | P a g e

State of Oklahoma. Department of Public Safety. Oklahoma Statutes Title 21 and 22. Oklahoma City. Supplemental Training Material:

C.L.E.E.T. Council on Law Enforcement Education and Training. PowerPoint.

State of Oklahoma. Oklahoma Bureau of Investigation. Crime Scene Manual, 2004.

141 | P a g e

142 | P a g e

Culinary Coordinator

Lawton Campus

143 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Hospitality and Tourism (HT) Career Pathway: Restaurant Food & Beverage Services (HT001) Program: Culinary Coordinator (HT0010010) Program Hours: Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructors: Name Office E-Mail Lori Grant 580-250-5622 lgrant@greatplains.edu Ginger Seibold 580-250-5623 gseibold@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: Successful completion of Culinary Arts Management Assistant Program Description: This program prepares students to become culinary coordinators who manage or operate a restaurant or food service business. Instruction includes fundamentals of customer service and management, purchasing and cost control, and basic concepts and science of nutrition and nutritional cooking that apply to the food services business. An external internship in a specialized area of interest in culinary arts allows students to apply skills learned in the classroom and lab. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the food service field according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of an occupation • Become qualified for further related education and/or enter the job market • Participate as a responsible citizen • Develop a positive and realistic self image; • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision; and • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school, the Culinary Arts

Department, and their place of employment Related Career Opportunities:

• Steward/Dishwasher/Utility Person • Cold Food Cook • Hot Food Cook • Server • Cashier • Bakery Cook • Manager

Program Objectives:

144 | P a g e

After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to: • Demonstrate appropriate safety practices as indicated by food service industry standards. • Demonstrate an understanding of basic nutrition. • Demonstrate appropriate customer service skills. • Prepare and serve meals in accordence with industry standards. • Develop management skills inherent to the culinary arts field.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

Course # Course Name ADT ADL Total FC00053 Pastry and Baking for the Chef 50 100 150 This course emphasizes the basic formulas, fundamentals and procedures, proper terminology, equipment and utensils. Additional emphasis will be placed on production of pies, cakes, variety breads, fillings, sweet dough and dessert specialty items. FC00050 Culinary Arts Practicum I 50 100 150 In this course, students will gain practical lab experience in the area of soups, vegetables, salad dressings, sandwiches, as well as breakfast preparation. FC00051 Culinary Arts Practicum II 50 100 150 The students will gain practical lab experience preparing stocks and sauces, cooking meats, poultry, fish, shellfish, salads, hors d'oeuvres, and garnishes. FC00058 Food Service Management I 25 50 75 In this course, the student will learn and develop skills that will help them in problem-solving, communication, and planning. FC001GP Food Service Management II 42 83 125 In this course, the student will learn and develop skills that will help them in problem-solving, communication, and planning. FC00057 Cost Control and Revenue Management 33 67 100 This course presents effective methods and principles for purchasing and cost control in the foodservice. Students will learn how to accurately price goods and services, control costs, and maximize profits at all types of restaurants and foodservice businesses. FC00066 Nutrition 33 67 100 The basic concepts and science of nutrition and nutritional cooking are explored in detail including the descriptions and uses for vitamins, minerals, fats, carbohydrates, proteins, phytochemicals, flavonoids and anti-oxidants for human health and fitness. The concepts of health and nutrition,

145 | P a g e

nutrient retention, nutritional cooking techniques, nutritional menu planning and other nutritional concepts applied to professional cooking are fully explored. FC00069 Culinary Arts Internship I 33 67 100 This is a work based learning experience in which a three-way partnership is established between the school, an employer or business, and the student for the purpose of providing practical education to the student through productive work opportunities. Experiences take place in a workplace setting and offer teachers and students the opportunity to see a relationship between school courses and career choices. FC00229 Culinary Arts Internship II 33 67 100 This is a work based learning experience in which a three-way partnership is established between the school, an employer or business, and the student for the purpose of providing practical education to the student through productive work opportunities. Experiences take place in a workplace setting and offer teachers and students the opportunity to see a relationship between school courses and career choices. This would be the second internship for a student.

Program Total: Theory Lab Total Adult Student: 349 701 1050 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 50% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (20% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (30% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools

146 | P a g e

at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook • Students are required to wear appropriate class uniform. • Demonstrate appropriate safety practices as indicated by food service industry standards. • Demonstrate proper use of kitchen tools and equipment utilized in the culinary arts field. • Speak clearly and courteously to customers, coworkers, supervisors, and professionals. • Demonstrate an understanding of basic nutrition. • Demonstrate appropriate customer service skills. • Demonstrate fundamental math skills. • Prepare and serve meals in accordance with industry standards.

Student Behavior Includes:

• Students are expected to be in class on time. • Students are required to wear appropriate class uniform. • Students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook. • Students should dress and groom appropriately for the job they are being trained.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• National Restaurant Association (ProStart)

147 | P a g e

• American Culinary Foundation (Culinary Concepts) • National Restaurant Association Educational Foundation

Certification Outcomes: Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Advanced Culinary Arts (7309) • ODCTE: Basic Culinary Arts (7308)

Tier 6 – Certifications Administered/Proctored by Instructor

• ProStart National Certification of Achievement (7526) CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 12.0504 • SOC Code – 11-9051.00

Instructional Materials and Supplies: Students are not required to purchase textbooks. Textbooks: Draz, John, and Christopher Koetke. The Culinary Professional. 1605251186. Tinley Park:

Goodheart-Willcox Company, 2010. National Restaurant Association. Becoming a Restaurant and Food Service Professional Year

One. 1582801177. Chicago: National Restaurant Association Education Foundation, 2005.

National Restaurant Association. Becoming a Restaurant and Food Service Professional Year

One Workbook. 1582801207. Chicago: National Restaurant Association Education Foundation, 2005.

National Restaurant Association. Becoming a Food Service Professional Year Two. 1582800022.

Chicago: National Restaurant Association Education Foundation, 1999. National Restaurant Association. Becoming a Food Service Professional Year Two Work Book.

1582800022. Chicago: National Restaurant Association Education Foundation, 1999.

148 | P a g e

149 | P a g e

Culinary Hospitality

150 | P a g e

151 | P a g e

152 | P a g e

153 | P a g e

154 | P a g e

155 | P a g e

156 | P a g e

157 | P a g e

Cyber Security

158 | P a g e

159 | P a g e

160 | P a g e

161 | P a g e

162 | P a g e

163 | P a g e

164 | P a g e

165 | P a g e

166 | P a g e

Graphic Design and Photography

Lawton Campus

167 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Arts, A/V Technology & Communications (AR) Career Pathway: Visual Arts (AR006) Program: Graphic Design and Photography (AR0060037) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Bunnie Craddock Office Number: (580) 250-5621 E-Mail Address: bcraddock@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year – *OK Promise credit Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: None Program Description: This program introduces students to the Graphic Design field. Students will use a variety of professional applications – Adobe InDesign, Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop – to create a variety of advertising and publication design layouts. Instruction in this program will also include professional camera operation, use of copy machines and finishing and bindery techniques. Students will create a portfolio of work assigned to demonstrate mastery of subject matter. Program Goals: The students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the graphic design, publication and communications field of their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Participate as responsible citizens. • Develop positive and realistic self-images. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment. Related Career Opportunities:

• Photographer • Copy Specialist • Desktop Publishing Specialist • Binding/Finishing Operator • Graphic Designer

168 | P a g e

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Identify occupations in the graphic communications industry • Apply the principles of design to page composition • Demonstrate a working knowledge in various electronic imaging and publishing programs • Produce photography projects • Perform copyshop tasks

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adult: Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI00858 Safety I 10 5 10 5 Students learn proper safety procedures to follow in the classroom and lab. BT00182 Fundamentals of Technology (8169 - 1 Unit*) 40 80 40 80 This course will provide students with the fundamental concepts, principles, and ideas needed to understand how business is operated and managed in a rapidly changing global environment, which is needed for success in business-related careers. This course also provides job readiness skills and soft skills that are critical for success in any workplace setting. TI00448 Copyright Law 5 10 5 10 Students learn the principles of copyright law for both published and electronic materials. TI00928 Digital Photography/Photo Software II 15 30 15 30 The student will begin to learn the software package Adobe Photoshop for correction of a damaged image. The student will also use scanners and other types of copy hardware increasing their knowledge and skills in the digital photography industry. Students are introduced to digital camera operation and image capture. TI00489 Basic Computer Illustration 30 60 30 60 Using an illustration software, students create, import, edit, and prepare a variety of illustrations on the computer.

169 | P a g e

TI01387 Introduction to Digital Photography 5 10 5 10 In this course, students learn the basic operation of digital single-lens reflex cameras. They also learn photographic composition, perspective, aperture and shutter speed and ISO sensitivity. TI01513 Advanced Digital Software 15 30 15 30 This course adds to the student knowledge and working skills of the software, such as, Photoshop. The student will take group photos and candid shots using a digital camera, store the images, edit the images, display the images and transmit the images. TI00267 Image Capture 10 20 10 20 Students will cover the details of resolution for scanning, digital photography and image manipulation. TI01391 Introduction to Digital Photo Manipulation 10 20 10 20 In this course, students use digital image manipulation software to modify a variety of digital images. TI00008 Page Layout Advertising Design 40 80 40 80 This course covers layout methods and styles as well as the understanding of colors and shapes in the design elements. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 180 345 525 Adult Student: 180 345 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI00499 Studio/Strobe Techniques 20 40 20 40 The student will learn to use color film on location with various types of lighting situations and in the studio with electronic strobes. Also review of the medium format camera, incident meters with strobes and ratio lighting with traditional lighting setups using models. TI00871 Graphic Design Mathematics 5 10 5 10 Basic mathematics within the graphics areas, including addition, subtraction, division, multiplication, fractions, decimals, picas and points.

170 | P a g e

TI00217 Photography Lighting 10 20 10 20 The student will analyze images and correct them for professional standards. In the studio, they will use lighting equipment for professional effects. The students will also learn how to take advantage of outside lighting. Students will have assignments using inside and outside lighting, as well as small electronic flash. Composition and photographic history are emphasized. TI00913 Photo Software and Digital Images 15 30 15 30 This course adds to the student knowledge and working skills of the software, such as, Photoshop. The student will take group photos and candid shots using a digital camera, store the images, edit the images, display the images and transmit the images. TI00004 Animation Overview 15 30 15 30 Techniques and uses of animation. Students will create animations/motion graphics for Advertising Design and e-Publishing using one or more of the following applications: Adobe InDesign, Adobe Photoshop, and Adobe After Effects. TI00187 Video Systems – Post-Production 15 30 15 30 The course covers post-production video techniques. Students will create “spots” for Advertising Design using Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Premiere. TI00195 Adv. Desktop Publishing & Graphics Design (8901 - 1 Unit*) 30 90 30 90 This course provides advanced education and skill development in desktop publishing. Throughout this course students will demonstrate the ability to create a wide variety of digital graphic products at an industry entry-level standard. Students who successfully complete this course will have advanced foundational skills in type, page layout, image capture, digital illustration, and design principles. These skills are prerequisites for courses that provide training in specialized occupations within the Advertising Design and Print Production industries. The competencies of this course align with the Printed/SkillsUSA Workforce Ready System™ End Of Instruction exams. TI00486 Introduction to Copy Center Operations 15 30 15 30 Students will learn general safety practices of a copy center, be able to read and complete a job ticket, identify paper specifications, determine which paper is best for a project, and develop an understanding of copyright laws. TI00450 Finishing Operations 15 30 15 30 Demonstrate various bindery/finishing methods while calculating and cutting paper, operate a floor model folder, stitch booklets, and apply various packaging, delivery and shipping procedures. TI00490 Portfolio Development I 20 40 20 40 Students design and develop a project for personal portfolio display.

171 | P a g e

TI00331 Job Readiness 5 10 5 10 Prepare and write a resume, compile a list of job references, prepare a cover letter, and complete a job application form. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 165 360 525 Adult Student: 165 360 525

Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student:* 345 705 1050 Adult Student: 345 705 1050 * High school students may complete this program in an adult enrollment status if necessary. Please see your instructor or counselor for details. Evaluation Policy: Employability Grades (100 points per week; 30% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 500 points per week. The employability grade includes factors such as attitude, ethics, and professionalism, being respectful, and staying on task. It also includes attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, helping with clean-up responsibilities, class preparation, adherence to school and classroom rules, etc. Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met.

Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (35% of final grade) • Projects • Live projects • Simulated Projects • Performance Demonstrations • Projects must be completed within allotted time; late assignments will not be

accepted unless absences are excused. Academic Grades (35% of final grade)

• Workbook/Textbook • Handouts • Quizzes • Written assignments • Presentations • Informational PowerPoint’s • Written work must be completed within allotted time; late assignments will not be

accepted unless absences are excused.

172 | P a g e

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows: A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Basic math skills • Basic reading skills • Good writing skills • Ability to work with deadlines

Student Behavior Includes:

• Self motivation • Artistic and creative abilities • Ability to receive constructive assessment feedback

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• Print Ed • American Institute of Graphic Artists (AIGA) • Adobe • Professional Photographers of America, Inc.

173 | P a g e

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Visual Communications using Adobe Photoshop (0992)

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Graphic Design and Illustration using Adobe Illustrator CC (0297)

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Print and Digital Publication using Adobe InDesign CC (0298)

Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Photographer (4115) Tier 4 – Certifications Aligned with State Standards

• ODCTE: Bindery Operator (4104) • ODCTE: Copy Center Technician (4111) • ODCTE: Graphic Designer (4112)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 10.0303 • SOC Code – 43-9031.00

Instructional Materials and Supplies: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Textbooks: Adobe Creative Team. Adobe Photoshop CS5 Classroom in a Book. 0-321-70176-3. Berkley: Peachpit Press, 2010. Barr, Cheryl. Graphic Arts: Orientation, Composition, and Paste-Up. 4t" ed. CN802002. Stillwater: MAVCC, 2000. Brainard, Shirl. A Design Manual. 4th ed. 0-13-193155-5. Upper Saddle River: Pearson Education, 2005. Cruise, John, and Kelly Anton. Adobe InDesign CS5 Classroom in a Book. 0-321-70179-8. San Jose: Adobe Press, 2010. Dennis, Ervin. Practical Problems in Mathematics for Graphic Communications. 2nd ed. 0-8273-7946-3. Albany: Delmar Publishers, 1998. Grey, Christopher. Master Lighting Guide for Portrait Photographers. 9781584281252. Buffalo: Amherst Media, 2004. Inc. Against The Clock. Adobe Illustrator CS5 (The Professional Portfolio). 1936201046. Saint Petersburg: Against the Clock, Inc., 2010.

174 | P a g e

Inc. Against the Clock. Adobe InDesign CS3 (The Professional Portfolio). 978-0-9764324-5-6. Tampa: Against the Clock, Inc., 2007. Jones, Brett, and Cheryl Barr. Graphics Arts: The Press and the Finishing Processes, 4t" ed. CN802102. Stillwater: MAVCC, 2000. Kelby, Scott. The Adobe Photoshop CS5 Book for Digital Photographers. 0-321-70356-1. Berkley: New Riders, 2011. Kelby, Scott. The Adobe Photoshop Lightroom3 Book for Digital Photographers. 0-321-70091-0. Berkley: New Riders, 2010. London, Barbara, and Jim Stone. A Short Course in Digital Photography. 2nd ed. 0-205-06642-9. Upper Saddle River: Pearson Education, 2000. Long, Ben. Complete Digital Photography. 5th ed. 1-58450-700-4. Boston: Cengage Learning, 2010. Marr, Don. Available Light: Photographic Techniques for Using Existing Light Sources. 978-1-58428-255-6. Buffalo: Amherst Media, 2009. Parks, Anita, and Cheryl Barr. Graphic Arts: Electronic Prepress and Publishing. 1st ed. CN802202. Stillwater: MAVCC, 2000. Prust, Z. A. Graphic Communications: The Printed Image. 4th ed. 1566379849. Tinley Park: Goodheart-Wilcox Company, Inc., 2003. Rand, Glenn. Lighting and Photography Transparent and Translucent Surfaces: A Comprehensive Guide to Photographing Glass, Water, and More. 978-1-58428-244-0. Buffalo: Amherst Media, 2009. Reding, Elizabeth E. Adobe Photoshop CS6 Revealed. 978-1133693222. Boston: Cengage Learning, 2012. Sellers, Debra, et al. Advertising and Design Student Guide. CN803102. Stillwater: MAVCC, 2012. Sint, Steve. Digital Portrait Photography. 978-1-60059-335-2. New York: Pixiq, 2009. Smith, Jeff. Corrective Lighting, Posing and Retouching for Digital Portrait Photographers. 3rd ed. 978-1-58428-995-1. Buffalo: Amherst Media, 2010. Williams, Robin. The Non-Designer’s Design Book. 3rd ed. 0-321-53404-2. Berkeley: Peachpit Press, 2008.

175 | P a g e

176 | P a g e

Electrical Level I Lawton Campus

177 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Architecture and Construction (AC) Career Pathway: Construction (AC003) Program: Electrical Level I (AC0030006) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Mike Klein Office Number: 580-250-5653 E-Mail Address: mklein@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year Adult Students: Transcript

Prerequisites: None Program Description: This program will introduce students to the safety practices, use of hand and power tools/equipment and electrical theory related to the electrical industry. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitude needed to successfully enter the electrical field Related Career Opportunities:

• Entry Level Electrician’s Assistant Program Objectives: Upon successful completion of this program, the student should be able to:

• Demonstrate knowledge of basic electrical theory as it applies to residential wiring. • Use test instruments to test and troubleshoot electrical circuits. • Apply fabrication skills to construct and install wiring circuitry. • Demonstrate proper use of various residential wiring tools. • Properly wire residential circuits per N.E.C. specifications. • Rewire/add new electrical circuits to existing dwellings per N.E.C. specifications. • Troubleshoot and repair faulty electrical circuits. • Complete a cost - estimate for a given job. • Demonstrate proper job applications procedures.

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

178 | P a g e

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI01926 Electrical Core 130 0 130 0 This course provides an overview of the electrical trade and discusses the career paths available to electricians. The instruction covers safety rules and regulations for electricians. The course will also discuss the necessary precautions to take for various electrical hazardous found on the job. The course covers the OSHA-mandated lockout/ tag out procedure. A teacher led material recognition study will be a component of this course. TI00203 Electrical Theory 60 0 60 0 The course introduces the student to series, parallel, and series-parallel circuits. Resistive circuits, Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws, and circuit analysis is covered. This course focuses on forces that are characteristic of alternating-current systems and the application of Ohm’s law to AC circuits. TI01938 Electrical Wiring Methods I 23 47 23 47 In this course, the student will learn the various wiring methods used in different types of residential structures. The areas covered include electrical circuits, electrical test equipment, and grounding and bonding. The students will learn the theories and laws required when using circuits. Students will learn to use electrical test equipment in a safe manner and discover the purposes of grounding and bonding electrical systems. TI01941 Electrical Wiring Methods II 23 47 23 47 In this course, the student will learn the various wiring methods used in different types of occupancies and structure. The student will learn to use electrical Construction drawings, prints and symbols. The course focuses on the types and applications of conductors and covers wiring techniques. The instructor will stress the appropriate NEC requirements. This will allow trainees to practice making service calculations using the NEC requirements. TI014GP National Electrical Code I 20 40 20 40 This course prepares the student to locate and interpret specific standards in the NFPA National Electrical Code. Instruction includes load calculations, conductor sizing, conduit fill calculations, and standards for wiring practices. TI01707 Electrical Wiring Installations 40 80 40 80 During this course, the student will learn the various wiring methods used in different types of structures. The wiring methods include hardware and systems used to mount and support boxes, receptacles, and other electrical components. It covers an introduction to conduit bending and installation. The course will include techniques for using hand operated and step conduit benders,

179 | P a g e

as well as cutting, reaming, and threading conduit. Driven by NEC, the course discusses the selection and size of pull boxes, junction boxes, and handholds. The student will focus on the handling and installation of various types of lamps and lighting fixtures. TI013GP Practical Experience I 0 15 0 15 Students work at a job site location to reinforce occupational skills as well as employability skills. The purpose of this experience is not only to assist students in fine-tuning their skills, but also to provide students with on the-job-training opportunities directly related to their career goal. This internship experience will help bridge the gap between school and work. Students will also have the opportunity to participate in contests and live projects. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total Secondary Student: 296 229 525 Adult Student: 296 229 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI01943 Electrical Wiring Methods III 23 47 23 47 In this course, the student will learn advanced wiring methods used in residential structures. The course focuses on electrical prints, drawings, and symbols. The instruction teaches the types of information that can be found on schematics, one-lines, and wiring diagrams. NEC requirements are stressed during proper wiring techniques. The instruction allows trainees practice making service calculations. The curriculum explains how to calculate branch circuit and feeder loads for various structures. TI015GP National Electrical Code II 20 40 20 40 This course prepares the student to locate and interpret specific standards in the NFPA National Electrical Code. Instruction includes load calculations, conductor sizing, conduit fill calculations, and standards for wiring practices. TI01946 Electrical Wiring Methods IV 30 60 30 60 During this course, the student will learn the advanced wiring methods used in different types of structures. The wiring methods include hardware and systems used to mount and support boxes, receptacles, and other electrical components. It covers all types of bending in all sizes of conduit up to 2 inches. The instruction focuses on mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical benders. Driven by NEC, the course discusses the selection and size of pull boxes, junction boxes, and handholds. TI002GP Electrical Lighting 15 25 15 25

180 | P a g e

This course introduces the basic principles of human vision and the characteristics of light. It focuses on handling and installation of various types of lamps and lighting fixtures. The course covers specific types of incandescent, fluorescent, and HID lamps, as well as ballasts, troubleshooting, and various types of lighting controls. TI00164 Motor Theory and Operation 10 20 10 20 This course covers AC and DC motors, including the main components, circuits, and connections. TI003GP Overcurrent Protection 35 65 35 65 This describes fuses and circuit breakers along with their practical applications. The course explains how to size and select circuit breakers and fuses for various applications. It also covers short circuit calculations and troubleshooting. Trainer Panels and the Project House Electrical Load are used. TI004GP Conductor Terminations and Splices 5 15 5 15 This course describes methods of terminating and splicing conductors of all sizes, including preparing and taping conductors. TI00007 Practical Experience II 0 85 0 85 Students work at a job site location to reinforce occupational skills as well as employability skills. The purpose of this experience is not only to assist students in fine-tuning their skills, but also to provide students with on the-job-training opportunities directly related to their career goal. This internship experience will help bridge the gap between school and work. Students will also have the opportunity to participate in contests and live projects. TI00802 Workforce Staging 0 30 0 30 This course is an integrated component within the courses taken by the individual student. The course is for the development of leadership, personal development and employability. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total Secondary Student: 138 387 525 Adult Student: 138 387 525 Program Total: Theory Lab Total Secondary Student:* 434 616 1050 Adult Student: 434 616 1050 * High school students may complete this program in an adult enrollment status if necessary. Please see your instructor or counselor for details. Evaluation Policy:

181 | P a g e

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 30% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (35% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (35% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness.

182 | P a g e

Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the electrical

field. • It is recommended that the student meet with the teacher and their parents at least once

per semester. • All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook. • SkillsUSA is the student organization for the residential electrical field. This club offers an

outstanding opportunity to develop leadership and social skills. Students are highly encouraged to participate.

• It is highly recommended that the student have purchased or attained the required tools and equipment for employment as an electrician's assistant. Possessing a valid driver’s license will also benefit the student and is recommended.

Student Behavior Includes:

• Safety precautions prohibit the wearing of tank tops, sleeveless shirts and visible body piercings.

• The required class dress is a program t-shirt with jeans or shorts and work boots or shoes. T-shirts cost $10.00 each and are paid for by the student.

• Students will also be expected to wear their student ID badge appropriately any time they are on campus. This includes break times.

• Student ID badges will not be altered in any way or be required to purchase a new one. • Students will wear shoes that completely cover the feet. • Students will wear clear safety glasses at all times while in the shop environment and may

not be altered without specific permission of the instructor. Clear prescription glasses will be permitted.

These rules are in addition to the Student Handbook. Students will be provided a wall-locker and lock to secure all items. NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor.

Industry Alignments:

• National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) • Oklahoma Construction Industry Board (OCIB)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Construction Trainee (3001) Tier 3 – Certifications Aligned with National Standards

• ODCTE: Commercial Industrial Electrician’s Assistant (3201) • ODCTE: Residential Electrician’s Assistant (3202)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 46.0302

183 | P a g e

• SOC Code – 47-2111.00 Instructional Materials: Students are required to purchase the following list of textbooks and/or supplemental reference materials. The prices listed are approximate and subject to change. Textbooks: Benfield, Jack. Benfield Conduit Bending Manual & Workbook (2 set). 2nd ed. 0-87288-510-0.

Overland Park: Ec & M Books, 1993. ($54.00) Hart, George, and Sammie Hart. UGLY’S Electrical References. 4th ed. 978-1-4496-9077-9. MA:

Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2014. ($22.00) National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Core Curriculum:

Introductory Craft Skills, Trainee Guide. 4th ed. 013608637-3. Upper Saddle River: Pearson, 2009. ($67.00)

National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Electrical Level 1 Trainee

Guide. 8th ed. 978-0-13-3829594. Upper Saddle River: Pearson, 2014. ($84.00) National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Electrical Level 2 Trainee

Guide. 8th ed. 0-13383065-9. Upper Saddle River: Pearson, 2014. ($122.00) National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER). Electrical Level 3 Trainee

Guide. 8th ed. 0-13383082-9. Upper Saddle River: Pearson, 2014. ($110.00) National Electrical Code (NEC). National Fire Protection Association. 978-145590672-7. 2013.

($93.00)

184 | P a g e

185 | P a g e

Firefighter / EMT Academy Lawton Campus

186 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security (LW) Career Pathway: Emergency & Fire Management Services (LW002) Program: Firefighter / EMT Academy (LW0020006) Program Hours: Adult Students: 705 Hours Instructor: Name: Nancy Howell Office Number: (580) 250-5582 E-Mail Address: nhowell@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: High School Graduate or equivalent and minimum age 18. Program Description: This program examines the global view of firefighting to include the fire service career, roles of fire service personnel, early traditions and history, fire prevention, firefighter safety, public fire and life safety education, fire investigation, fire related scientific terminology, building construction, fire detection, fire suppression, the role of public and private support organizations, fire and emergency services, and fire department organization and management. Emphasis is on exploration, and analysis of the fire service. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the Emergency Medical Technician or Firefighting professions according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Participate as responsible citizens. • Become competent in the fundamental skills of the Emergency Medical Technician and

Firefighter professions. • Develop positive and realistic self image. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school, place of

employment, and/or the United States Department of Transportation. • Develop occupationally related communication and problem solving skills.

Related Career Opportunities:

• EMT • First Responder • Dispatcher

187 | P a g e

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Follow the standards and policies of the United States Department of Transportation (USDOT) in providing emergency medical care.

• Provide direct patient care in a variety of medical emergency situations. • Identify and understand legal, moral, and ethical responsibilities in emergency medical

care. • Identify and differentiate between ethical and unethical conduct in patient care situations. • Use a variety of equipment in out-of-hospital patient care situations. • Work as a member of an emergency response team. • Identify characteristics of fire behavior. • Demonstrate appropriate safety principles. • Demonstrate appropriate use of firefighting equipment. • Demonstrate appropriate firefighting procedures for entry, ventilation, and salvaging. • Demonstrate appropriate firefighting procedures for various types of fires. • Participate in occupational work-hardening activities. • Successfully complete occupationally related physical fitness assessments.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

Course # Course Name ADT ADL Total TI01006 Fire Academy Firefighter Orientation 20 0 20 This course examines the global view of firefighting to include the fire service career, roles of fire service personnel, early traditions and history, fire prevention, firefighter safety, public fire and life safety education, fire investigation, fire related scientific terminology, building construction, fire detection, fire suppression, the role of public and private support organizations, fire and emergency services, and fire department organization and management. Emphasis is on exploration, and analysis of the fire service. HL001GP Emergency Medical Technician 140 76 216 This course is designed to provide rescuers with the emergency medical knowledge and skills necessary to care for the sick and injured in a pre-hospital setting. Topics include the recognition and treatment of respiratory and circulatory emergencies, trauma, and medical emergencies, environmental injuries, emergency childbirth, and psychological emergencies. Students successfully completing this course are eligible to take the National Registry of Emergency Medical Technicians exam. One hundred thirty-four instruction hours, seventy laboratory hours, and 36 hours in the clinical setting. HL00209 EMT Clinical 0 40 40 The EMT preceptorship is a clinical experience based in the hospital or in the field. The purpose of the preceptorship is to provide students with patient contact experience to allow practice of skills in a clinical setting. A minimum of 8 hours in either the ED or with an Ambulance Service is required - students can finish up their clinical requirement, after that, in either clinical.

188 | P a g e

TI01266 Mayday 8 8 16 This course is designed to teach firefighters to save themselves and their fellow firefighters while operating in structures. This is an entry level course that teaches basic carries, drags, use of ropes for quick extrication, and takes firefighters through a SCBA confidence course. TI01274 Fire Academy – Firefighter I 60 70 130 This course is designed to give the students knowledge and ability to perform individually and as a part of a team within a fire ground activity. Students that successfully complete this course will have met the standards as set forth by Chapter 5 of NFPA 1001, 2002. The Firefighter I course is an introductory course that is meant to be built upon by personnel that wish to pursue volunteer or career work within the Fire Service. TI01008 Fire Academy – Firefighter II 24 24 48 The Fire Academy-Firefighter II course is an advanced course that is designed to build upon the knowledge that has been previously gained completing the Fire Academy-Firefighter I course. This course is designed to give the students’ knowledge and ability to perform individually and as a part of a team within a fire ground activity. Students that successfully complete this course will have met the standards for Firefighter II as outlined in Chapter 6 of NFPA 1001, 2002. TI01009 Fire Academy – Hazardous Materials Awareness 6 6 12 This course is designed to prepare students who are mandated by law or called on by necessity to respond to emergency incidents involving Hazardous Materials. It provides students with information to take appropriate initial actions when hazardous material emergencies are encountered. Students will learn to recognize the presence of hazardous materials, start the identification process, and control the scene in a safe and competent manner until responders with the appropriate level of training arrive. TI01010 Fire Academy – Hazardous Materials Operations Level 20 20 40 This course is designed to prepare firefighters who respond to releases or potential releases of hazardous materials, as part of the initial response, for protecting nearby persons, the environment, or property from the effects of the release. It is also designed to help them respond in a defensive fashion to control the release from a safe distance and keep it from spreading. TI00952 Basic EMT Firefighter Medical and Physical Requirements for Firefighters 25 50 75 This course prepares students for the physical requirements of training and testing for Firefighter entrance examinations. TI01434 Fire Academy – Vehicle Extrication A 8 8 16 This course provides the knowledge and skills to prepare a firefighter to extricate victim(s) from a common passenger vehicle in a safe and effective manner utilizing resources and equipment to stabilize the vehicle. Cut the vehicle with the extrication tools and move the patient to safety. TI01014 Fire Academy – Flammable Liquid and Gas Emergencies 8 8 16 This course is designed to help fire service and industry emergency responders to develop the knowledge and skills necessary to safely and effectively manage a flammable or gas emergency in transportation or at fixed facilities. It is based upon nationally recognized engineering practices, recommended operating practices, and training programs

189 | P a g e

TI01015 Fire Academy – Flashover Training 4 4 8 This class is designed to teach firefighters about the rapid fire progression known as flashover. This course includes classroom theory with the practical application of experiencing a flashover in a laboratory environment. Students will also learn fire stream application techniques to be employed. TI01017 Fire Academy – Introduction to Computers 10 10 20 Firefighters are required to use computer applications for virtually all aspect of the service including documentation, various requests, incident reports, and many others. This course will enable fire academy students to learn basic terminology and concepts relating to PC computers. TI01018 Fire Academy – OEVDT 4 4 8 This course is designed to enable participants to drive an emergency vehicle and upon completion of the course, the student will receive a completion certificate. The course provides information on all aspects of safe driving and the Oklahoma laws that pertain to emergency vehicles. TI01019 NIMS – FEMA Training 12 0 12 The student will be guided through an on-line course that will enable participants to demonstrate basic knowledge of the Incident Command System. ICS 100, 200, 700, 800, Introduction to the Incident Command System, introduces the Incident Command System (ICS) and provides the foundation for higher level ICS training. This course describes the history, features and principles, and organizational structure of the ICS. TI01020 Fire Academy – Fire Department Internship 0 24 24 The fire department internship is provided to allow the participants of the fire academy the opportunity to witness the day-to-day operations of a fire department. TI067GP Traffic Incident Management – TIMS Training 4 0 4 The student will be guided through an on-line course that provides first responders a shared understanding of the requirements for safe, quick clearance of traffic incident scenes; prompt, reliable and open communication; and motorist and responder safeguards. First responders learn how to operate more efficiently and collectively. Program Total: Theory Lab Total Adult Student: 353 352 705 Evaluation Policy: Great Plains Technology Center grading policy states that both performance and didactic knowledge will be assessed. Additionally, employability skills and homework/quizzes will account for portions of the final grade.

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 40% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for

190 | P a g e

assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (15% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Final Exam Grade (15% of final grade) • Certification Tests

Test Grades (30% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Written and Skills Test Policy: Based on the national standards required for state and national licensure, cadets who score below an 80% on written or performance skill examinations must correct the test and provide page numbers where the answer was found and cadet must write out all questions missed. The grade recorded for the test will be the original score + .25 for each corrected answer. The 80% grade requirement exists to prepare cadets to successfully pass licensure/certification examinations. Under this policy, passing scores will be considered a mid-level “C” grade average. Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades.

191 | P a g e

Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Students will be required to wear appropriate uniforms for both work hardening and professional training.

• All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety procedures to all aspects of the

firefighting and EMT field. • Students will be required to participate in all physical activities and fitness workouts. • It is highly recommended that each student purchases or attains the required tools and

equipment for employment as an EMT/Firefighter. • Teaching methods consist of lecture and “hands on” projects.

Student Behavior Includes:

• Student will be required to wear the assigned uniform during the school day. • SkillsUSA is the student organization for the EMT/Firefighter field. This club offers an

outstanding opportunity to develop leadership and social skills. Students are highly encouraged to participate.

• Participate as responsible citizens • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• National Fire Protection Association's – NFPA • US Department of Transportation • US Department of Homeland Security • National Registry Examination for Emergency Medical Technicians • National Consortium of Health Science Technology Education • Oklahoma State Department of Health • OSU Fire Service Training: Emergency Vehicles Operations • NREMT

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• NREMT: Emergency Medical Technician Basic Certification (8701) • OFST: Firefighter I (5251) • OFST: Firefighter II (5253) • OFST: Hazardous Materials Awareness • OFST: Hazardous Materials Operations (5252)

Tier 6 – Certifications Administered/Proctored by Instructor

• AHA: CPR for Healthcare Providers

192 | P a g e

• NIMS • OSU Fire Service Training: Emergency Vehicle Operations • TIMS

Tier 7 – National Career Readiness Certificate in Applied Mathematics, Locating Information and Reading for Information:

• Platinum Level – 6 or above in all three areas • Gold Level – 5 or above in all three areas • Silver Level – 4 or above in all three areas • Bronze Level – 3 or above in all three areas

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 43.0203 • SOC Code – 33-2011.01

Instructional Materials: Students are required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Textbooks: Books will change for Hazardous Materials – Desk Copy IFSTA Committee. Essentials of Fire Fighting and Fire Department Operations & Workbook Set.

6th ed. 978-0133418637. Stillwater: Fire Protection Publications, 2008. ($152.00) Limmer, Daniel J. Emergency Care + Workbook +MyBradyLab Access Card for Emergency

Care. 978-0133120516. 12th ed. Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall, 2012. ($194.00)

193 | P a g e

194 | P a g e

Long Term Nurse Aide Lawton Campus

195 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster:

Health Science (HL)

Career Pathway:

Therapeutic Services (HL001)

Program:

Long Term Care Nurse Aide (HL0010027)

Program Hours: Adult Students: 117 Hours

Instructor: Name: Carletta Morales

Office Number: (580) 250-5596

E-Mail Address: cmorales@greatplains.edu

Academic Credit:

Adult Students: Transcript

Prerequisites: Transportation to and from clinical Immunization requirements per clinical facility agreements -

Negative drug screen Heathcare Provider CPR

Program Description: Long-term Care Aides play a vital role in the health care team. They help patients with routine healthcare needs, bedside care, and basic nursing procedures. They are often employed in long-term care facilities and hospitals. Additionally students are provided the opportunity to use the theory in practical clinical experiences. Students must pass the Oklahoma State Department of Health’s certification exam for long term care aides to work in most facilities.

Program Goals: The LTCA is committed to providing the highest quality educational and clinical experiences in order to prepare students to take the LTCA Certification test and become certified to work in the state of Oklahoma.

Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Answer call lights to determine the needs of the patient/resident/client • Make beds and prepare units for admission of new patient/resident/client • Provide personal care, i.e. baths, showers, oral hygiene, toileting, perineal care, hair and nail care • Take and record vital signs • Take and record intake and output

196 | P a g e

• Provide oral fluids unless contraindicatede • Position and transport patient/resident/client from bed to stretcher or wheelchair • Use proper body mechanics • Provide range of motion exercise • Assist patient/resident/client requiring medical and surgical asepsis • Observe Universal Precautions and safety control procedures • Assist client to walk with crutches, walker or cane • Insert hearing aid for client • Apply ice bag, cap or collar for client • Assist client with ostomy bag • Assist client with oxygen therapy • Assist client with cough and deep breathing exercises • Establish good rapport with patients'/residents'/clients' families and staff members • Appropriately report necessary patient/resident/client information to authorized personnel

Related Career Opportunities: • Adult Day Care Centers • Hospitals • Nursing Homes • Doctor's Offices • Nursing Assistant • Assisted Living Centers

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• The Nurse Assistant aids patients/residents/clients with activities of daily living, provides basic nursing care to patients/residents/clients.

• The student assists in the maintenance of a safe and clean environment. • The student will work with health care personnel as assigned by the supervising nurse of the

department. • The student will assist health care personnel with their assigned duties.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

Course # Course Name Theory Lab Total HL00318 Introduction to Long Term Care Aide 3 0 3 In this course, the student will identify and determine appropriate responses that define the scope and practice of a nurse assistant in Long Term Care.

197 | P a g e

HL00319 Role of the Nursing Aide in Long Term Care 3 0 3 In this course, the student will identify and determine appropriate responses that define the scope and practice of a nurse assistant in Long Term Care.

HL00320 Safety for Long Term Care Nursing Aide 3 0 3 This course will provide instruction to enable the student to provide for the safety needs of clients/residents.

HL00321 Basic Human Needs for Residents/Clients 3 0 3

This course will provide the knowledge and skills needed to assist the student to promote client/resident independence and demonstrate psychosocial care skills.

HL00322 Communication for the Nursing Aide 3 0 3 This course will teach the knowledge and skills necessary for the student to communicate effectively with residents/clients, families and co-workers.

HL00323 Consumer Rights, Ethical & Legal Issues Affecting the 3 0 3 Nursing Aide in Long Term Care This course will provide the student with information to assist in the identification of appropriate responses to protect and promote resident/client’s rights.

HL00324 Infection Control for Long Term Care Aide 6 3 9 This course will provide the knowledge and skill needed for the student to demonstrate infection control measures for specific pathogens.

HL00325 Resident/Client Mobility, Positioning and Transfer 6 3 9 This course will provide knowledge to enable the student to transfer, ambulate and position residents/clients safely.

HL00326 Basic Nursing Skills 26 15 41 This course will provide opportunities for the student to demonstrate basic nursing skills in the LTC setting.

HL00328 Care for the Patient with Dementia/Alzheimer's Diseases 10 6 16 This course is designed to provide the knowledge and skills necessary for the student to exhibit special considerations when caring for clients/residents with Alzheimer’s/Dementia.

198 | P a g e

HL00329 Death and Dying 5 0 5 This course will provide the knowledge to enable the student to perform the special care procedures for residents/clients exhibiting symptoms of impending death.

HL00330 Normal and Abnormal Body Structure and Function 3 0 3 In this course, the student will distinguish between normal and abnormal body structure and function and recognize age-related changes in body functions/structures.

HL00327 Supervised Clinical Experience in Long Term Care Aide 0 16 16 The student will demonstrate skills and knowledge learned in the classroom and laboratory when in a supervised clinical experience.

Program Total: Theory Lab Total Adult Student: 74 43 117

Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 10% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 100 points per week (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion.

Clinical Grades (15% of final grade) Lab Grades (20% of final grade) Test Grades (25% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time. • Homework • Written Assignments

199 | P a g e

Final Exam Grade (30% of final grade) Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn

I = Incomplete

Students must attain an 80% composite average in order to receive a Certificate of Competency. Students failing to attain the minimum average will not be eligible for certification testing.

STUDENTS CAUGHT CHEATING IN CLASS MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISMISSAL FROM PROGRAM.

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially makeup of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades.

Attendance Policy: Attendance of 90% of scheduled hours is expected for successful completion. Students may not exceed 10% (2 days/12 hours) of scheduled hours in absences. Students who exceed this amount will not be classified as a program completer and will not be eligible for certification testing.

Tardy Policy: Any student arriving more than 15 minutes late on clinical days will not be allowed to complete that clinical day. Absence and Tardy Policies will be strictly enforced.

Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

200 | P a g e

• Demonstrate professional behavior at all times • Adhere to the policies and procedures as outlined in the Great Plains Technology Center Adult

Student Handbook. • Completion of clinical guidelines • Students must attain a 80% composite average in order to receive a Certificate of Competency. • Be aware that exposure to latex gloves may cause the development of allergic reactions. • Students should dress and groom appropriately for the job for which they are being trained. •

The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the health field • Must demonstrate ability to functionally express self orally and/or in writing.

Student Behavior Includes:

• Maintain patient/resident/client confidentiality. • Report necessary information to authorized personnel. • Refrain from releasing information regarding the patient/resident/client to relatives, visitors or

other unauthorized personnel. • Refrain from expressing adverse opinions concerning any member of a health care team or other

health care personnel. • Student must wear the appropriate clinical uniform.

Clinical Procedures: Students must pass skill assessments in the classroom and laboratory and be deemed competent to perform services for residents prior to entering clinical experiences. The instructor will not make specific patient/resident/client assignments for the student but will be able to serve as a resource person. The student will be under the direct supervision of the supervisor of the assigned department. NO LTCA student will be permitted to attend a patient/resident/client without proper health care supervision. This requirement is defined by Oklahoma State Law as follows:

Title 310. OK State Department of Health Chapter 677. Nurse Aide Training and Certification:

General Requirements: “The training program shall inform a trainee that the trainee shall not perform any resident services until the trainee has completed the required sixteen (16) hours of training identified in 310:677-11-4 and the aid shall not perform services for which they have not trained and been found proficient by the instructor [63 O.S. 1991, Sec 310-677-11-1-d]”

Successful Completion of the Competency Examination:

a) “An individual shall pass both the written or oral examination and the skills examination to complete the competency examination successfully.

b) An individual shall score at least seventy (70) percent on the written or oral examination. c) An individual shall demonstrate at least eighty (80) percent accuracy for the skills examination. d) The Department shall include in the nurse aide registry a record of successful completion of

201 | P a g e

the competency examination within thirty (30) days of the date the individual is found to be competent. [63 O.S. 1991, Sec 310:677-3-11]”

Failure to Complete the Competency Examination: “If an individual does not complete the competency examination successfully, the individual shall be notified by the testing entity of, at least, the following:

1) The areas which the individual did not pass. 2) That the individual may retake the examination a total of three times without further training.

[63 O.S. 1991, Sec 310:677-3-12]”

Renewal of Certifications: “A long term care aide shall renew individual certification once every two (2) years. The individual certified as a long term care aide shall file a Recertification Application for Long Term Care Aide (ODH Form 840). Each recertification application requires:

1) Personal identifying and contact information for the applicant; 2) Documentation that the applicant has provided at least eight (8) hours of nursing or health

related services for compensation during the preceding 24 months. On and after July 1, 2008, the documentation shall consist of one of the following:

a. A statement signed by the administrator or the administrator’s representative for the licensed nursing facility, specialized facility, residential care home, home health or home care agency, adult day care center, assisted living center, continuum of care facility, Oklahoma Department of Veterans Affairs nursing facility, or Oklahoma correctional facility where the applicant provided services;

b. A statement signed by a physician or nurse under whose supervision the applicant provided services; or

c. A check stub, IRS Form W-2 or similar proof of wages paid to the applicant by a licensed nursing facility, specialized facility, residential care home, home health or home care agency, adult day care center, assisted living center, continuum of care facility, Oklahoma Department of Veterans Affairs nursing facility, or Oklahoma correctional facility; and

3) An oath of truthfulness and completeness to be signed by the applicant. [63 O.S. 1991, Sec 310:677-5-2(d)]”

Employment as a Long Term Care Nurse Aide: “Before any employer makes an offer to employ or to contract with a nurse aide to provide nursing care, health-related services or supportive assistance to any individual, the employer shall provide for a criminal history background check to be made on the nurse aide pursuant to the provisions of the Long-term Care Security Act. If the employer is a facility, home or institution which is part of a larger complex of buildings, the requirement of a criminal history background check shall apply only to an offer of employment or contract made to a person who will work primarily in the immediate boundaries of the facility, home or institution. [63 O.S. 1-1950.1(5)(B)]”

202 | P a g e

Clinical/Class Uniform Requirements: • Appropriate uniform • Duty shoes (Appropriate Shoes) • Identification name tag • Watch with second hand • Stethoscope (optional) • Sphygmomanometer (optional) • Students will have one week from the first day of class to purchase uniforms.

Drug Testing Policy: In compliance with clinical site policies, students 18 years of age or older by September 15th will be required to submit the results of a drug screen. Great Plains Technology Center will only accept such screen from the Center of Occupational Health, 3201 W. Gore Blvd. Suite G-1, Lawton, Oklahoma, (580) 355-9675.

Criminal Arrest Report:

According to:

OKLAHOMA STATE LAW THE OKLAHOMA STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH

JOINT COMMISSION ON ACCREDITATION OF HOSPITAL ORGANIZATIONS and MEDICARE ALL health care facilities are required to secure an OKLAHOMA STATE BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION CRIMINAL ARREST REPORT prior to employing a Long Term Care Nurse Aide or Home Health Care Nurse Aide. In order to maintain a commitment to placing students in permanent employment, students participating in Great Plains Technology Center LTCNA training must have completed a background check PRIOR TO CLINICAL PARTICIPATION if they are 18 years of age or older by September 15th.

Chapter 677. Nurse Aide Training and Certification, Subchapter 3. Nurse Aide Competency Examination Program 310:677-3-7 “(b) An educational based program shall notify trainees that if a criminal arrest check reveals a cause which bars employment in a health care entity, then the trainee shall be withdrawn from the training program. [63 O.S. § 1991, Sec 1-1950.1]” NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• Aligns with OBRA Requirements Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• ODCTE: Long Term Care Nurse Aide (8607)

203 | P a g e

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 51.3902 • SOC Code – 31-1014.00

Instructional Materials and Supplies: Students are required to purchase the following list of textbooks and/or supplemental materials. The prices listed are approximate and subject to change. Textbooks: Kostelnick, Clare. Mosby’s Textbook for Long Term Care Nursing Assistants. 8th ed. 9780323530736.

Mosby: St Louis, 2019. ($67.00) Hartman Publishing. Workbook to Hartman's Nursing Assistant Care : Long-Term Care. 4th ed. 978-160425-075-6. Hartman Publishing, Inc., 2018. Videos: DELMAR BASIC CORE SKILLS FOR NURSING ASSISTANTS - DELMAR CENGAGE LEARNING

204 | P a g e

Residential HVAC Technician Lawton Campus

205 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Architecture and Construction (AC) Career Pathway: Maintenance/Operations (AC004) Program: Residential HVAC Technician (AC0040008) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Koby Gibson Office Number: (580) 250-5618 E-Mail Address: kgibson@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: None Program Description: This program is an introduction to air-conditioning and refrigeration, exploring career opportunities in the HVAC/R industry, personal safety and work practices, and personal protective equipment. Students will be instructed in the proper handling of pressurized fluids, handling hazardous substances, hand and power tools, and equipment used to test and service air conditioning. Program Goals: Student enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the HVAC field according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Work as a team member. • Pass at least one Occupational State of Oklahoma certification test. • Become qualified for further related education and/or enter the job market. • Demonstrate independence in using problem solving and critical thinking techniques in

completing all work assignments. • Develop the ability to work with limited supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment. • Meet the requirements of a 2nd year apprentice in the HVAC trade.

Related Career Opportunities:

• Residential HVAC Technician • Residential HVAC Installer • Natural Gas Piping Technician • Sheet Metal Technician

206 | P a g e

• Refrigeration Technician • HVAC Mechanic • HVAC Helper • Duct Installer • Refrigeration Apprentice

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Use basic measurement and mathematics techniques to solve HVAC related problems. • Complete a job application. • Perform preventive maintenance procedures on HVAC equipment. • Install and repair HVAC equipment with minimum supervision. • Diagnose and repair both electrical and mechanical problems in refrigeration equipment

with minimum supervision. • Meet the requirements to become a 2nd year apprentice in the HVAC trade.

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI00687 Intro to HVAC/R, Safety, Tools and Equipment 10 20 10 20 This course is an introduction to air-conditioning and refrigeration, exploring career opportunities in the HVAC/R industry, personal safety and work practices, personal protective equiment, handling of pressurized fluids, handling hazardous substances, hand and power tools, and equipment used to test and service heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration equipment, including those used to measure air flow. TI00222 Principles of Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer 20 40 20 40 This course is an introduction to matter and heat behavior, fluids and pressures, refrigeration cycle/diagrams and measurement systems. TI00717 Piping and Piping Practices 15 30 15 30 This course introduces students to the appropriate selection, preparation, joining and support of copper, plastic, iron and steel pipe and fittings. This course will also cover the tools, materials, and safety precautions, and depicts step-by-step procedures for soldering and brazing piping copper pipe, and cutting, threading, and joining ferrous pipe.

207 | P a g e

TI00690 Electricity for HVAC/R 30 30 30 30 This course teaches students fundamental and advanced concepts in electricity, including electrical generation and distribution, electrical components, electrical motors, electrical circuits and controls, and prepares them to effectively troubleshoot and replace or repair devices in electrical circuits. TI01134 HVAC/R Controls 15 30 15 30 This course is an introduction to controls, gas valves, fuel controls, residential control systems-heating/cooling, commercial control systems, heat pump controls, direct digital controls (DDC) and energy management systems (EMS). TI01215 HVAC/R Solid State Electronics 10 20 10 20 This course prepares students to recognize, troubleshoot, and replace solid state components in common heating, air conditioning, heat pumps, and refrigeration systems. TI00924 Load Calculations 5 10 5 10 This course introduces students to psychrometrics, heating and cooling load calculations, and refrigeration load calculations. TI00925 Refrigerant System Components 30 60 30 60 This course covers the refrigeration cycle and teaches students to recognize the components of refrigeration systems including metering devices, evaporators, compressors, condensers, accessories, and access valves. TI00685 Air Conditioning Systems 35 85 35 85 This course is an introduction to unitary cooling, central station systems, service and problem analysis, absorption refrigeration, desiccant cooling and dehumidification. TI00148 Refrigerants and Lubricants 5 10 5 10 This course covers the properties and applications of the many refrigerants used in refrigeration and air conditioning applications. Refrigeration lubricants, their properties and applications, including compatibility issues with various refrigerants, principles of safe handling for refrigerants and lubricants will be important components of this course. TI00934 Refrigerant Recovery 5 10 5 10 This is an introduction to refrigerant safety, and recovery, recycling, and reclamation equipment and methods. Students are prepared to seek EPA certification. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 180 345 525

208 | P a g e

Adult Student: 180 345 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL TI00719 Refrigerant Retrofits 5 10 5 10 This course covers appropriate procedures in retrofitting an air conditioning or refrigeration system to run efficiently on a different refrigerant than originally equipped. Compatibility issues of refrigerants with various compressors, evaporators, condensers, expansion devices, and lubricants will be covered in depth. Proper refrigerant/lubricant recovery techniques will be reviewed and practiced. TI01146 Heat Pumps 10 20 10 20 This course covers the essential knowledge necessary to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair heat pumps. Emphasis will be placed on air-to-air systems, but ground source systems will be introduced and briefly examined. Topics will include a review of the refrigeration cycle, reversing valves, the defrost cycle, defrost times including electromechanical as well as solid state devices, balance point, and backup heat systems. TI00922 Heating Systems 40 80 40 80 This course covers the essential knowledge and skills of installing, maintaining, servicing, troubleshooting, and repair of various heating systems, including forced air, convection, hydronic, and radiant. Gas LP, natural gas, and electrical systems will be examined. Emphasis will be placed on gas and electric forced air systems, but heat pumps (air to air and ground source) will be introduced. Hands-on labs will be an extensive part of the course. TI00686 Air Handling 15 30 15 30 This course covers the essential knowledge and skills necessary to understand airflow principles and duct design; install, and repair duct systems; measure and balance air flow; and troubleshoot and repair air flow problems. Students will be prepared to identify appropriate filtration for an air system, i.e. mechanical and electronic, and install, troubleshoot, and maintain filtration systems. Extensive coverage will be given to the different types of fans and blowers, testing for blower motor loading, correct rotation, and adjustment to change the volume of air moved. TI01181 HVAC/R System Installation & Start-up-Residential 40 80 40 80 This course covers the essential knowledge and skills necessary to use the manufacturer's literature to properly install and start-up common residential HVAC/R equipment. Special attention will be given to a thorough understanding of the refrigeration cycle and equipment, heating systems, air flow and balancing systems, air quality issues, and building codes that regulate the HVAC/R industry in residential applications. Emphasis will be placed on confirming proper operation for safety, efficiency, and reliability. Minor troubleshooting and repair skills will be covered.

209 | P a g e

TI01216 HVAC/R System Servicing & Troubleshooting-Residential 30 60 30 60 This course covers the essential knowledge and skills necessary to perform routine residential central system servicing to promote efficient operation and long life. Extensive attention will be given to troubleshooting techniques used in solving mechanical, electrical, refrigerant, and air flow problems common to small tonnage systems commonly found in residences and small commercial applications. TI00500 Indoor Air Quality 5 10 5 10 This course is an introduction to indoor air quality (IAQ) requirements, maintaining indoor air quality, air quality issues including filtration, humidification/dehumidification, and building related illness ("Sick Building Syndrome") and will cover factors that make up acceptable indoor air quality. TI01190 HVAC/R Preventive Maintenance 5 10 5 10 This course covers the essential knowledge and skills necessary to use the manufacturer's literature to properly service common residential HVAC/R equipment. Emphasis will be placed on confirming proper operation for safety, efficiency, and reliability. Minor troubleshooting and repair skills will be covered. TI00497 HVAC/R Codes, Regulations and Standards 10 20 10 20 This course covers the essential knowledge and skills necessary to adhere to the codes and standards pertaining to the HVAC/R industry, regulations affecting ozone depletion, state and local codes, OSHA, and government licensing requirements. TI00718 Professional Service 5 10 5 10 This course covers the essential knowledge and skills necessary to provide quality customer service, build character and customer relations, and participate in professional development. TI00802 Workforce Staging 0 30 0 30 This course is designed to be delivered as an integrated component within the courses taken by the individual student. The course is designed for the development of leadership, personal development and employability skills. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 165 360 525 Adult Student: 165 360 525 Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student:* 345 705 1050 Adult Student: 345 705 1050

210 | P a g e

* High school students may complete this program in an adult enrollment status if necessary. Please see your instructor or counselor for details. Evaluation Policy: Employability Grades (100 points per week; 40% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (40% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Written Assignments

Test Grades (20% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows: A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades.

211 | P a g e

Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and “hands on” projects. • The student must demonstrate the ability to apply safety to all aspects of the HVAC field. • All students must adhere to the policies and procedures in the GPTC Student Handbook. • SkillsUSA is the student organization for the HVAC field. This club offers an outstanding

opportunity to develop leadership and social skills. Students are highly encouraged to participate. The dues are $10.00 and is paid for by the student.

• Students should dress and groom appropriately for the job in which they are being trained. Student Behavior Includes:

• Students must wear tan work shirt. • Students must wear GPTECH student ID Badge. • Students will wear clear safety glasses at all times while in the shop environment. • Shorts will not be permitted at any time. Full length pants are to be worn as this is a

working environment. Tank tops or sleeveless shirts are not to be worn at any time. No piercing other than ears shall be visible at any time.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) • Oklahoma Safety and Health Act (OSHA) • The Partnership for Air-Conditioning, Heating, Refrigeration Accreditation (PAHRA) • Oklahoma Construction Industry Board (OCIB) • National Association of Home Builders (NAHB)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODTCE: Construction Trainee (3001) • ODCTE: HVACR Technician (3401) • ODTCE: Process Piping Technician (3402) • ODTCE: Refrigeration Technician (3403) • ODTCE: Sheet Metal Technician (3404)

Tier 6 – Certifications Administered/Proctored by Instructor

• EPA: EPA 608 and 609 Refrigerant Handling Certification (3457) CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 47.0201 • SOC Code – 49-9021.01

Instructional Materials and Supplies: Adult students are required to purchase the following list of textbooks and/ supplemental reference materials. The prices listed are approximate and subject to change.

212 | P a g e

Textbooks: Clemons, Mark. Fundamentals of Air Conditioning and Refrigeration: Student Guide. 2nd ed. TI3140. Multistate Academic and Vocational Curriculum Consortium, Inc., 2007. ($37.00) Clemons, Mark. Fundamentals of Air Conditioning and Refrigeration: Student Workbook. 2nd ed. TI4140. Multistate Academic and Vocational Curriculum Consortium, Inc., 2007. ($32.00) Clemons, Mark. HVACR Electrical Systems: Student Guide. 2nd ed. TI3142. Multistate Academic and Vocational Curriculum Consortium, Inc., 2008. ($30.00) Clemons, Mark. HVACR Electrical Systems: Student Workbook. 2nd ed. TI4142. Multistate Academic and Vocational Curriculum Consortium, Inc., 2008. ($30.00) Tomczyk, Silberstein, Whitman & Johnson. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology. 8th ed. 9781305578296. Cengage Learning, 2017. ($176.00) Reference Materials: International Fuel Gas Code. International Code Council, Inc., 2014. ($79.86) International Mechanical Code. International Code Council, Inc., 2014. ($70.68)

213 | P a g e

214 | P a g e

Information Technology Services

Lawton Campus

215 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Information Technology (IT) Career Pathway: Information Support and Services (IT002) Program: Information Technology Services Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Jeffrey Standridge Office Number: (580) 250-5528 E-Mail Address: jstandridge@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year –

*OK Promise credit Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: Basic keyboarding skills and Microsoft Windows 10 are

recommended, basic understanding of Access, Excel, PowerPoint, and Word

Program Description: This program prepares students to provide technical assistance to computer users in various work environments. Students learn to repair service and troubleshoot personal computers and computer-related equipment and to install and configure operating systems and application software. They also learn the basics of networking, including installation, configuration and troubleshooting of hardware peripherals and protocols, as well as network administration duties and providing support for network users. Students gain the technical skills required for CompTIA A+, CompTIA Network+, Microsoft Certified Associate, Microsoft Certified Systems Administrator, and Security Certified Network Professional industry certifications. Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will develop the skills and knowledge to successfully perform computer related hardware assembly, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair. This program will give the student the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the field of computer related hardware maintenance and networking according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the Information Technology Services field.

• Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Develop a positive and realistic self-image. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment. • Participate as responsible citizens.

216 | P a g e

Related Career Opportunities: • Software/Hardware Specialist • Computer Administrative Assistants • Computer Information Specialist • Desktop Support Specialist • Network Administrator • IT Professionals • Applications Developers • Computer User Support Specialist • Technology Mobility Specialist

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Explain basic computer and networking concepts. • Identify common computer information terminology. • Identify career opportunities in both desktop support and information technology

professions. • Identify the potential and limitations of computer related hardware and software functions. • Assemble, maintain, troubleshoot, and repair a computer related hardware. • Describe the impact of computer related hardware as it affects the workplace. • Discuss computer security, privacy, and ethics and identify future implications of these

issues. • Use the Internet effectively for research purposes. • Develop work ethics and leadership skills through Career Tech Student Organizations

(CTSOs) and class projects.

Program Course Sequence: • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adults (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL BT00255 Networking Fundamentals 40 80 40 80 This course is designed to assess candidates’ knowledge of fundamental networking concepts. MTA is a new certification under the Microsoft Certification Program that validates the foundational knowledge needed to begin building a career in Microsoft technologies. It can also serve as a stepping stone to the Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist exams. Successful candidates for this exam will earn an MTA certification as well as access to benefits of the Microsoft Certification Program. The primary target audience for the MTA certification is students attending high schools and two-year colleges.

217 | P a g e

BT00126 Computer Repair and Troubleshooting I (8136*) 40 80 40 80 Students will prepare for positions related to the maintenance of computers and computer-related equipment through hands-on and project-based learning, curriculum assignments, and Internet research. The focus of this course is in the hardware area. BT00051 Computer Repair and Troubleshooting II (8137*) 40 80 40 80 Students will prepare for positions related to the maintenance of computers and computer-related equipment through hands-on and project-based learning, curriculum assignments, and Internet research. The focus of this course is software and operating systems. BT00151 Installing and Maintaining Desktop Applications 40 80 40 80 Students will perform network administration duties and provide support for network users in various work environments including professional offices and small businesses, work groups or departments, and corporate information services (IS). BT00110 Program Capstone I 0 45 0 45 Internships, project-based instruction and teamwork will be utilized to provide additional exposure in the field of computer support. Students will make final preparations for industry certifications as they master outlined competencies. Students will select from various project options to finalize portfolios that highlight skills and certifications. Students may also undertake special projects, cross-train or participate in workplace learning opportunities to enhance skills in accordance with industry demands. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 160 365 525 Adult Student: 160 365 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE II

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL BT00275 Network Routing and Switching I (8125*) 50 100 50 100 Network Routing and Switching I introduces the architecture, structure, functions, components, and models of the Internet and computer networks. The principles of IP addressing and fundamentals of Ethernet concepts, media, and operations are introduced to provide a foundation for the curriculum. By the end of the course, students will be able to build simple LANs, perform basic configurations for routers and switches, introduces the architecture, structure, functions, components, and models of the Internet and computer networks. The principles of IP addressing and fundamentals of Ethernet concepts, media, and operations are introduced to provide a

218 | P a g e

foundation for the curriculum. By the end of the course, students will be able to build simple LANs, perform basic configurations for routers and switches, and implement IP addressing schemes. BT00017 Network/Client Operating System (8121*) 60 120 60 120 Students will perform desktop client administration and maintenance and provide support for users in various work environments, including professional offices, small businesses, work groups, departments, and/or corporate information services (IS). BT00043 Network Management (8123*) 40 80 40 80 Students will perform a variety of network support skills necessary to keep a company's network running efficiently – with less downtime. Students will solve advanced company-wide support problems and high-level network problems. Additionally, students will perform planning, installation, configuration, troubleshooting and upgrade services for networks. BT003GP Program Capstone II 0 75 0 75 Internships, project-based instruction and teamwork will be utilized to provide additional exposure in the field of computer support. Students will make final preparations for industry certifications as they master outlined competencies. Students will select from various project options to finalize portfolios that highlight skills and certifications. Students may also undertake special projects, cross-train or participate in workplace learning opportunities to enhance skills in accordance with industry demands. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 150 375 525 Adult Student: 150 375 525

Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 310 740 1050 Adult Student: 310 740 1050 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 30% of final grade) 100 points per week (includes attitude, attendance, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, materials/supplies brought to class, no food, gum, or candy, no excessive talking, school and classroom rules followed, and efficient time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Twenty (20) points will be deducted for each absence. Students will be allowed to make up unearned points for excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Make-up of employability grades will be allowed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain and turn in the make-up work within three school days of the absence. For time made up, students may regain 10 of the 20 points deducted. Full credit will be given for

219 | P a g e

assignments/tests made up. NOTE: School activity absences with an approved blue card are considered absences unless the work is made up.

Performance Grades (40% of final grade) • Lab projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (30% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor. Please keep track of your progress and grades. If you have any questions concerning your grades, please visit with your instructor. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• The Information Technology Services program is part of the Information Technology Cluster at the Great Plains Technology Center. Students are encouraged to continue their training in the additional programs offered in Information Technology.

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and lab application. • The Career Tech Student Organization (CTSO) offers outstanding opportunities for

220 | P a g e

development of leadership and social skills. CTSO membership is part of the curriculum. Therefore, all students are members of a CTSO and are expected to participate in the CTSO activities.

• All students must adhere to the policies and procedures outlined in the Great Plains Technology Center Student Handbook.

• Students will work in groups of two or three assigned by the instructor and that lab partner(s) will remain constant for the assigned period of time.

• Students who need to make-up time will do the make-up work Monday through Thursday after scheduled instructional time by appointment.

Student Behavior Includes:

• Students and equipment safety will be the number one priority in the classroom. • All students will wear appropriate safety apparel while working in computer lab and in the

classroom. • Food or drinks will not be allowed in the classroom or lab area. • Wrist straps and safety glasses will be worn when handling RAM or other IC’s. • Students needing assistance will request help from the instructor, not another student.

When appropriate, the instructor may allow one student to help another. • Any student who is approached by Great Plains Technology Center faculty, staff, or other

student with a computer problem or repair request will refer the person to the instructor. • Students will keep and enter daily notes in their journal.

Industry Alignments:

• CompTIA • Cisco • Information Technology Specialist • SCNA – Security Certified Network Architect • SCNP – Security Certified Network Professional

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• Certiport: Networking (1150) • Certiport: Networking Security (1718) • Certiport: Device Configuration and Management (1738) • CompTIA: A+ (1504) • CompTIA: Linux+ (1301) • CompTIA: Network+ (0952) • CompTIA: Security+ (1707) • MCSA: Windows 10 Configuring (0225) • MCSA: Windows 10 Enterprise Desktop Support Technician (0217)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 11.0103 • SOC Code – 15-1152.00

Instructional Materials: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials.

221 | P a g e

eLearning Curricula: Cisco Networking Academy. “IT Essentials: Fundamentals of IT.” cisco.com. Cisco Systems

Inc., 2019. Web. <https://www.netacad.com/> Cisco Networking Academy. “Linux Fundamentals.” cisco.com. Cisco Systems Inc., 2019. Web.

<https://www.netacad.com/> “TestOut PC Pro Certification.” PC Pro, www.testout.com/certification/pro-exams/pc-pro. “TestOut Network Pro Certification.” Network Pro, https://www.testout.com/courses/network-pro “TestOut Security Pro Certification.” Security Pro, https://wwwnew.testout.com/courses/security-pro Textbooks: Cisco Network Academy IT Essentials Lab Manual – 1st Year Cisco Networking Academy. IT Essentials: PC Hardware and Software Lab Manual (5th Edition). 978-1587133107. Indianapolis: Cisco Press, 2013.

222 | P a g e

223 | P a g e

Medical Office Assistant Lawton Campus

224 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster:

Business, Management and Administration (BA)

Career Pathway:

Administrative Support (BA002)

Program:

Medical Office Assistant (BA0020004)

Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours

Adult Students: 1050 Hours

Instructor: Name: Nicole Metzger

Office Number: (580) 250-5613

E-Mail Address: nmetzger@greatplains.edu

Academic Credit:

Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year – *OK Promise Credit

Adult Students: Transcript

Prerequisites:

Typing/Keyboarding

Program Description: This program prepares students for entry-level employment in a variety of health care facilities. Students learn administrative routines and procedures followed in a medical office including correct medical terminology and advanced computer skills. Medical office accounting procedures, including patient billing and processing medical insurance claims, are covered. Students learn about major insurance programs and federal health care legislation. Students gain skills required for numerous industry-related certifications.

Program Goals: Students enrolled in this program will be given the opportunity to develop the skills and attitudes needed to successfully enter the world of business according to their personal choice, ability, and resourcefulness. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Participate as responsible citizens.

225 | P a g e

• Develop positive and realistic self-images. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment. • Pass certification exams

Related Career Opportunities:

• Medical Records Assistant • Medical Secretary • Adminsitrative Assistant

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Use proper keyboarding and computer techniques. • Schedule patient appointments. • Maintain patient medical records. • Prepare and file insurance claims. • Use medical terminology correctly. • Demonstrate proper office procedures. • Pass certification exams

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adults (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL

BT00182 Fundamentals of Technology (8169*) 40 80 40 80 This course will provide students with the fundamental concepts, principles, and ideas needed to understand how business is operated and managed in a rapidly changing global environment, which is needed for success in careers in business related fields. This course also provides job readiness skills and soft skills that are critical for success in any workplace setting. (This course can be substituted with Business and Computer Tech).

226 | P a g e

BT00014 Fundamentals of Admin. Technologies (8103*) 40 80 40 80 This course builds on the core business skills and will provide students with the concepts, principles, and attitudes needed to understand how an office is operated and managed in a rapidly changing global environment. State-of-the-art personal computing is integrated throughout the course.

BT00009 Foundations of Medical/Office Terminology 60 120 60 120 As students prepare for a position as a medical office assistant, medical records technician, medical coder, or medical transcriptionist, they will learn administrative routines and procedures followed in a medical office. The importance of complete accuracy and confidentiality in maintaining medical records will be stressed. Some of the areas emphasized in this course will include administrative responsibilities, patient records, advanced word processing, employability skills, finance and management as they apply in a medical office setting.

BT00078 Patient Billing I 35 70 35 70 This course provides an overview of the medical office accounting procedures, introduces you to the features of a patient billing system, and presents important concepts relating to a medical office accounting function. Simulated practice allows the student to assume the role of a medical billing assistant in a doctor's office using cutting-edge patient billing software.

Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 165 360 525 Adult Student: 165 360 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE II

Course #

Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL

227 | P a g e

BT006GP Patient Billing II 25 50 25 50

This course provides an overview of the medical office accounting procedures, introduces you to the features of a patient billing system, and presents important concepts relating to a medical office accounting function. Simulated practice allows the student to assume the role of a medical billing assistant in a doctor's office using cutting-edge patient billing software.

BT00244 Electronic Health Records I 30 90 30 90 Students learn to manage electronic health information using common electronic data interchange systems. Through classroom and computer lab training students acquire the skills necessary to maintain the medical, legal, accreditation and regulatory requirements of the electronic health record and database; project management and fundamentals of change.

BT00106 Medical Insurance 60 120 60 120 Basic functions of processing medical insurance claims. A computer-based training program guides students through the insurance claim form cycle and focuses on the areas in which medical office assistants encounter the greatest difficulties. Students are introduced to information about major insurance programs and federal health care legislation.

BT00110 Program Capstone 40 110 40 110 Internships, project-based instruction and additional industry certifications will be utilized to reinforce skills obtained within any program in the Business, Management, and Administration Cluster. Students will make final preparations for industry certifications as they master outlined competencies. Students will select from various project options to finalize portfolios that highlight skills and certifications. Students may also undertake special projects, cross-train or participate in workplace learning opportunities to enhance skills in accordance with industry demands. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: High School Student: Theory 165 Lab 360 Total 525 Adult Student:

165 360 525

228 | P a g e

Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 330 720 1050 Adult Student: 330 720 1050 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 40% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (40% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (20% of final grade) • Quarterly Projects • Tests

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100

229 | P a g e

B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69

F = Below 60

W = Withdrawn

I = Incomplete

N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially makeup of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades.

Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness, refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness.

Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Career Tech Student Organizations (CTSOs) offer outstanding opportunities for development of leadership and social skills. CTSO membership is part of the curriculum. Therefore, all students are members of their CTSO and are expected to participate in CTSO activities.

• Students are required to interact with a variety of people and must treat all with respect. Malicious gossip, bullying, and negative or taunting comments are prohibited.

• All students must adhere to policies and procedures in the Student Handbook. • Equipment used in the program includes computers, laser and inkjet printers, scanners, and

electronic calculators. • Students must pass certification exams

• Student Behavior Includes:

• Wear the student name badge at all times • Follow the proper procedure if you are to be absent, tardy or have a school activity • Abide by the rules in the student hand book, as well as those established inside the classroom • Be Prompt. Enter the classroom quickly and quietly ready to start the lesson for each day

Students who provide their own transportation must arrive at the start of class • Be Prepared. Ensure that you have all materials needed for each day • Be Respectful. Disrespect for others and authority will not be tolerated

230 | P a g e

• Be Responsible. Take responsibility for all of your actions academically as well as socially • Perform proper shutdown procedures at the end of each class (turn off power to all workstation

equipment or as directed, clean individual work area, return books/supplies, etc.) • Complete homework assignments that may be given

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• Microsoft Office Specialist • National Healthcareer Association (NHA)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• Certiport: MOS: Excel (0145) • Certiport: MOS: PowerPoint (0146) • Certiport: MOS: Word (0143) • National Healthcareer Association: Certified Medical Administrative Assistant (CMAA)

Tier 7 – National Career Readiness Certificate in Applied Mathematics, Locating Information and Reading for Information:

• Platinum Level – 6 or above in all three areas • Gold Level – 5 or above in all three areas • Silver Level – 4 or above in all three areas • Bronze Level – 3 or above in all three areas

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 51.0710 • SOC Code – 43-6013.00

Instructional Materials and Supplies: High school students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Adult students must purchase certain textbooks and all workbooks. The prices listed are approximate and subject to change. eLearning Curricula: Allan, David M. Essentials of Medical Language – Connect 1-year Access Card – comes with eBook. 978-

1259295706. New York City: McGraw-Hill, 2015. ($114.00)

Valerius, Joanne, et al. Medical Insurance: A Revenue Cycle Connect Access. 978-1-259 68305-3.

New York: McGraw-Hill Education, 2017. ($??.??)

231 | P a g e

Textbooks: Lockyer, Karen. Essentials of Medical Language. 3rd ed. 978-0-07-351379-9. New York: McGraw-Hill

Education, 2015. ($??.??)

Pepper, Julie. The Electronic Record for the Physician’s Office. 2nd ed. 978-0-323-51146-9. New York City:

Elsevier, 2018. ($??.??)

Potter, Brenda. Medical Office Administration & SimChart for the Medical Office Workflow Manual 2018

Edition Package. New York City: Elsevier, 2018. ($??.??) Valerius, Joanne, et al. Medical Insurance: A Revenue Cycle Process Approach. 7th ed. 978-1-259-

68307-7. New York: McGraw Hill, 2017. ($114.00)

SimChart for the Medical Office- Printed Access Card. ISBN 978-1-4557-5318-5. Elsevier.

Fehl, Alec. Your Digital Foundation. 10th ed. 978-1-59136-828-1. Labyrinth Learning, 2017.*

*Check-out available

232 | P a g e

Multimedia Assistant Frederick Campus

233 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER- FREDERICK CAMPUS COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Information Technology (IT) Career Pathway: Web & Digital Communications (IT003) Program: Multimedia Assistant (IT0030016) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Miranda Fritts Office Number: (580) 335-5525 or 800-460-5525 E-Mail Address: mfritts@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year –

*OK Promise Credit Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: Keyboarding skills recommended Program Description: This program prepares students to create and edit graphics for video, print and web publishing. Students gain fundamental web authoring skills and design strategies along with digital photography skills. They learn advanced non-linear computer editing techniques as they complete video-based projects for broadcast production. Customer service, marketing, project management and professionalism are stressed. Students gain skills required for Adobe Certified Associate industry certifications. Program Goals: This course introduces students to the fundamentals of multimedia production. In a hands-on class, students will learn aspects of planning, creating, and managing multimedia projects in an integrated computer environment. Students will add visual imagery, text, graphics, video, audio, and animation to create multi-sensory projects. This program uses Microsoft Office and Adobe Master Collection CC. In addition to learning the software, this program also covers design principles and strategies, storyboarding, presentation skills, HTML and Cascading Style Sheets. Scanning, use of digital cameras, and video editing will also be incorporated into this program. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Participate as responsible citizens. • Develop positive and realistic self-images. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment. Related Career Opportunities:

234 | P a g e

• Video Production Assistant • Web Designer • Multimedia Artists and Animators

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Understand the terminology and concepts used in the web design, animation, and video editing and production.

• Demonstrate basic to intermediate multimedia planning and design theory. • Create and modify multimedia projects that require the use of graphics, web, animation,

and video. • Develop leadership skills through the Career Tech Student Organization (CTSO).

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adults (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL BT00182 Fundamentals of Technology (8169 - 1 Unit*) 60 60 60 60 This course will provide students with the fundamental concepts, principles, and ideas needed to understand how business is operated and managed in a rapidly changing global environment, which is needed for success in careers in business related fields. This course also provides job readiness skills and soft skills that are critical for success in any workplace setting. (This course can be substituted with Business and Computer Tech). BT00129 Digital Media Production 40 80 40 80 Students will prepare for careers in digital communication as they learn to develop personal and professional videos applying appropriate certification and copyright standards. BT00128 Multimedia & Image Management Tech. (8150 - 1 Unit*) 40 80 40 80 Students will acquire fundamental skills in image creation and management procedures and techniques as they create, revise, optimize, and export graphics for video, print, and web publishing. BT00031 Design Tools & Electronic Marketing Strat. (8154 - 1 Unit*) 30 90 30 90 Students will become proficient in the use of premier, leading edge tools designed to create graphically rich and intuitive websites, productions, and/or publications. The primary focus of this course includes color and design theories, accessibility, and marketing strategies resulting in a digital portfolio. (Layout Design Techniques can substitute for this course. Fundamentals of Web

235 | P a g e

Design can substitute for this course in the Animator, 3D Animator, 3D Modeler, Motion Graphics Artist, and Video Game Designer programs). BT00110 Program Capstone I 0 45 0 45 Internships, project-based instruction and teamwork will be utilized to integrate the use of interactive media products across the whole Web design or digital media project life. Students will make final preparations for industry certifications as they master outlined competencies. Students will select from various project options to finalize CD and/or web-based portfolios that highlight skills and certifications. Students may also undertake special projects, cross-train or participate in workplace learning opportunities to enhance skills in accordance with industry demands.

Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 190 335 525 Adult Student: 190 335 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II BT00003 Fundamentals of Web Design 40 80 40 80 Students will prepare for careers in digital communication as they learn to develop personal and professional videos applying appropriate certification and copyright standards. BT00064 Digital Editing and Production Photography 40 80 40 80 Students will acquire skills in digital photography. Additionally, students will understand certification standards and copyright basics. (Can substitute Interactive Marketing Techniques for this course). BT00060 Broadcast Production 30 90 30 90 Customer service, marketing, project management techniques, and professionalism will be emphasized as students complete video-based projects for broadcast production. Students complete numerous projects that will be included in their portfolios as they acquire skills in advanced video editing and production. (This course is optional, but suggested, for the Video Editor and Video Production Assistant programs.) BT005GP Program Capstone II 30 135 30 135 Internships, project-based instruction and teamwork will be utilized to integrate the use of interactive media products across the whole Web design or digital media project life. Students will make final preparations for industry certifications as they master outlined competencies. Students will select from various project options to finalize CD and/or web-based portfolios that highlight skills and certifications. Students may also undertake special projects, cross-train or participate in workplace learning opportunities to enhance skills in accordance with industry demands.

236 | P a g e

Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 140 385 525 Adult Student: 140 385 525 Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 330 720 1050 Adult Student: 330 720 1050 Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 20% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (50% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (30% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm

Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79 D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

237 | P a g e

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• The Multimedia Services program is part of the Information Technology Cluster at the Great Plains Technology Center. Students are encouraged to continue their training in the additional programs offered in Information Technology.

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and practical application, group activities, and assignments.

• Career Tech Student Organizations (CTSOs) offer outstanding opportunities for development of leadership and social skills. CTSO membership is part of the curriculum. Therefore, all students are members of their CTSO and are expected to participate in CTSO activities.

• Student should show a willingness to receive instruction in both technical and employability training.

• Student should be willing to learn through diverse medium, such as but not limited to, instructor lead lecture and demonstration, video training, individual projects, group based projects, LAP (learning activity packet) based instruction and step-by-step tutorials.

• Food or drinks will not be allowed in the classroom. Student Behavior Includes:

• Do not attempt to clear paper jams on your own. Notify the instructor who will correct the problem or assist/supervise correction by student.

• Never allow chains, bracelets, ties, etc. to dangle in any part of equipment. • Do not attempt to correct malfunction with classroom equipment. Notify the instructor. • Keyboards are to remain on workstation and never to be placed on student’s lap to type. • Keep all legs of chairs on the floor when seated in class to avoid falling. • Clean individual work areas and return all books and supplies to storage at the end of

each day. • Student will be required to bring materials to class. • Student maybe assigned homework • Students will be required to abide by the rules in the student hand book, as well as those

established inside the classroom. NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor.

Industry Alignments:

• Adobe Certified Associate

238 | P a g e

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Graphic Design & Illustration with Adobe Illustrator (0297)

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Interactive Media Using Adobe Flash Professional (0994)

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Visual Communications Using Adobe Photoshop (0992)

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Web Authoring Using Adobe Dreamweaver (0993)

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Visual Communications Using Adobe Premiere Pro (0995)

Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Editor (0601) • ODCTE: Motion Graphics Artist (0602) • ODCTE: Production Assistant (0603) • ODCTE: Producer (0604) • ODCTE: Photographer (4115)

Tier 3 – Certifications Aligned with National Standards

• ODCTE: Fundamentals of Technology (0901) Tier 4 – Certifications Aligned with ODCTE/State Standards

• ODCTE: Graphic Designer (4112) • ODCTE: Illustrator (4113) • ODCTE: Production Artist (4114)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 11.0801 • SOC Code – 27-1014.00

Instructional Materials: High School Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Adult students are responsible for purchasing their own books. Suggested retail prices of books are listed below. Textbooks: Anton, Kelly K. and John Cruise. Adobe InDesign CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release). 978-

0-13-466409-5. San Francisco: Adobe Press, 2016. ($59.99 suggested retail price) Fridsma, Lisa and Brie Gyncild. Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release).

978-0134665320. San Francisco: Adobe Press, 2017. ($59.99 suggested retail price) Jago, Maxim. Adobe Premiere Pro CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release). 978-0-13-466531-

3. San Francisco: Adobe Press, 2017. ($59.99 suggested retail price)

239 | P a g e

Schwartz, Rob. Learn Adobe Photoshop CC for Visual Communication: Adobe Certifies Associate Exam Preparation (Adobe Certified Associate (ACA)). 978-0134397771. San Francisco: Adobe Press, 2016. ($49.99 suggested retail price)

Wood, Allan. Adobe Illustrator CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release). 978-0-134-66344-9.

Upper Saddle River: Pearson Education (US), 2016. ($59.99 suggested retail price)

240 | P a g e

241 | P a g e

Network Computer and Systems Administrator

Lawton Campus

242 | P a g e

243 | P a g e

244 | P a g e

245 | P a g e

246 | P a g e

247 | P a g e

248 | P a g e

249 | P a g e

Video Producer

250 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY

Career Cluster: Information Technology (IT) Career Pathway: Web & Digital Communications (IT003) Program: Video Producer (IT0030005) Program Hours: Secondary Students: 1050 Hours Adult Students: 1050 Hours Instructor: Name: Dan E. Tibbs Office Number: (580) 250-5611 E-Mail Address: dtibbs@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Secondary Students: 3 high school credits per year - *OK Promise credit Adult Students: Transcript Prerequisites: None Program Description: This program prepares students for careers in planning and coordinating various aspects of video production. In this program, students learn fundamental skills in image creation for video, print, and web publishing including digital photography and animation. They become familiar with professional audio editing software used to edit, mix and produce quality sound effects and acquire advanced skills in video editing and production. Students gain skills required for Adobe Certified Associate industry certifications. (The following are optional courses that may be added to this program: 1) Advanced Design Techniques, 2) Digital Editing & Production Photography, and 3) Advanced Digital Media Production). Program Goals: This course introduces students to the fundamentals of multimedia production. In a hands-on class, students will learn aspects of planning, creating, and managing multimedia projects in an integrated computer environment. Students will add visual imagery, text, graphics, video, audio, and animation to create multi-sensory projects. This program uses Microsoft Office and Adobe Master Collection CS3. In addition to learning the software, this program also covers design principles and strategies, storyboarding, presentation skills, HTML and Cascading Style Sheets. Scanning, use of digital cameras, and video editing will also be incorporated into this program. Upon achieving the goals of this program, students will:

• Become competent in the fundamental skills of the occupation. • Become qualified for further related education and/or entry into the job market. • Participate as responsible citizens. • Develop positive and realistic self-images. • Develop the ability to work with limited or no supervision. • Accept and abide by the rules and regulations established by the school and/or place of

employment.

251 | P a g e

Related Career Opportunities:

• Video Editor • Video Production Assistant • Camera Operator (Television, Video, and Motion Picture)

Program Objectives: After successful completion of this program, the student will be able to:

• Understand the terminology and concepts used in the web design, animation, and video editing and production.

• Demonstrate basic to intermediate multimedia planning and design theory. • Create and modify multimedia projects that require the use of graphics, web, animation,

and video. • Develop leadership skills through the Career Tech Student Organization (CTSO).

Program Course Sequence:

• HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I • HS Student and Part-time Adult (Year Two): Course Sequence II • Full-time Adult (Year One): Course Sequence I and II

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SEQUENCE I

Course # Course Name HST HSL ADT ADL BT00182 Fundamentals of Technology (8169*) 60 60 60 60 This course will provide students with the fundamental concepts, principles, and ideas needed to understand how business is operated and managed in a rapidly changing global environment, which is needed for success in business-related careers. This course also provides job readiness skills and soft skills that are critical for success in any workplace setting. (This course can be substituted with Business and Computer Tech). BT00128 Multimedia & Image Management Tech. (8150*) 40 80 40 80 Students will acquire fundamental skills in image creation and management procedures and techniques as they create, revise, optimize, and export graphics for video, print, and web publishing. BT00129 Digital Media Production 40 80 40 80 Students will prepare for careers in digital communication as they learn to develop personal and professional videos applying appropriate certification and copyright standards. BT00100 Non-Linear Digital Editing 40 80 40 80 Students will master real-time editing for professional digital video productions.

252 | P a g e

BT00110 Program Capstone – Sequence I 0 45 0 45 Internships, project-based instruction and teamwork will be utilized to integrate the use of interactive media products across the whole Web design or digital media project life. Students will make final preparations for industry certifications as they master outlined competencies. Students will select from various project options to finalize CD and/or web-based portfolios that highlight skills and certifications. Students may also undertake special projects, cross-train or participate in workplace learning opportunities to enhance skills in accordance with industry demands. Sequence I Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 180 345 525 Adult Student: 180 345 525

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

SEQUENCE II BT00058 Advanced Digital Video Tools and Techniques 80 40 80 40 Students will be exposed to emerging technology as they utilize digital video equipment and software to enhance productions. Students will generate/package projects for a wide degree of playback compatibility. BT00060 Broadcast Production 30 90 30 90 Customer service, marketing, project management techniques, and professionalism will be emphasized as students complete video-based projects for broadcast production. Students complete numerous projects that will be included in their portfolios as they acquire skills in advanced video editing and production. (This course is optional, but suggested, for the Video Editor and Video Production Assistant program.) BT00059 Audio Production 80 40 80 40 Students will become familiar with professional audio editing software that can be used to edit, mix, and produce quality sound effects for video presentations. BT00056 Non-Linear Digital Production 80 40 80 40 Students will foster creativity and innovation while designing motion graphics and visual effects that deliver the desired results. BT00110 Program Capstone – Sequence II 0 45 0 45 Internships, project-based instruction and teamwork will be utilized to integrate the use of interactive media products across the whole Web design or digital media project life. Students will make final preparations for industry certifications as they master outlined competencies. Students will select from various project options to finalize CD and/or web-based portfolios that highlight

253 | P a g e

skills and certifications. Students may also undertake special projects, cross-train or participate in workplace learning opportunities to enhance skills in accordance with industry demands. Sequence II Subtotal Hours: Theory Lab Total High School Student: 270 255 525 Adult Student: 270 255 525 Program Total: Theory Lab Total High School Student:* 450 600 1050 Adult Student: 450 600 1050 * High school students may complete this program in an adult enrollment status if necessary. Please see your instructor or counselor for details. Evaluation Policy:

Employability Grades (100 points per week; 25% of final grade) The employability skills grade is based on 20 points per day (which may include: attitude, attendance, safety, punctuality, cooperation, participation, clean-up, class preparation, school/classroom rules, and time management). Points will be deducted if these responsibilities are not met at the instructor’s discretion. Students will be allowed to make up unearned employability points for excused absences only. Full credit will be given for assignments/tests that have been made up due to excused absences only (see Student Handbook).

Performance Grades (50% of final grade) • Live projects • Performance or skill tests • Homework • Written Assignments

Test Grades (25% of final grade)

• Test grades will be based on a 100-point scale. • Test grades include written and/or skills tests. • A test will be given for each unit of instruction. • Tests are to be taken as a unit is completed. • Tests must be completed within allotted time.

Final Grade (9 Weeks Period) 9-weeks grade will be calculated by averaging grades in each category and summing each category according to their assigned weight. Progress reports will be sent to home schools at six and twelve-week intervals each semester as required or requested. Grades are accessible on-line at http://sonisweb.greatplains.edu/studsect.cfm Grading Scale: The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Education is as follows:

A = 90 – 100 B = 80 – 89 C = 70 – 79

254 | P a g e

D = 60 – 69 F = Below 60 W = Withdrawn I = Incomplete N = No Grade (Refer to Student Handbook)

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• The Video Producer program is part of the Information Technology Cluster at the Great Plains Technology Center. Students are encouraged to continue their training in the additional program offered in Information Technology.

• Teaching methods consist of lecture and practical application, group activities, and assignments.

• Business Professionals of America (BPA) is our student organization. It offers outstanding opportunities for development of leadership and social skills. CTSO membership is part of the curriculum. Therefore, all students are members of BPA and are expected to participate in BPA activities.

• All students must adhere to policies and procedures in the Student Handbook. Student Behavior Includes:

• All cell phones must be put on silent and put away while working in class. If I see it or hear it, it will put the student in offensive to this rule.

• Students must wear their GPTECH ID in the proper place every day. • Clothing must adhere to the Handbook. No explicit or offensive language, images or

meanings. No tight or revealing clothing. Undergarments are not to be seen. Students must wear closed toed shoes at all times. No hats or head coverings are to be worn in class.

• There is no food or drink allowed in the classroom at any time. All snacks from break will be consumed or disposed of before entering class.

• No offensive language, curse words or negative putdowns are allowed at any time. • Do not download or install any programs onto your computers. Internet usage should

comply with the Internet Usage Agreement. Headphones should be worn when using computer sound. One ear should be uncovered or the audio low enough to hear Instructor address the class.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor.

255 | P a g e

Industry Alignments: • Adobe Certified Associate

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• Certiport: Adobe Certified Associate: Video Communications Using Adobe Premiere (0995)

• Adobe Certified Expert: After Effects (4252) • Adobe Certified Expert: Premiere (4259) • Visual Design using Adobe Photoshop CC • Digital Video using Adobe Premiere Pro CC • Visual Effects & Motion Graphics using Adobe After Effects CC

Tier 2 – Certifications Endorsed by Industry Organizations

• ODCTE: Editor (0601) • ODCTE: Producer (0604) • ODCTE: Production Assistant (0603)

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code – 10.0201 • SOC Code – 27-4011.00

Instructional Materials and Supplies: Students are not required to purchase textbooks or supplemental materials. Textbooks: Adobe Creative Team. Adobe Premier Pro CS6 Classroom in a Book. 978-0321822475. San

Jose: Adobe Press, 2013. Adobe Creative Team. Adobe After Effects CS6 Classroom in a Book. 978-0321822437. San

Jose: Adobe Press, 2012. Henderson, Douglas. Photoshop Now CS6. 0-9725232-0-0. Owasso: Now Books, 2008. Henderson, Douglas. More Photoshop Now. 0-9725232-2-7. Owasso: Now Books, 2008. Meyer, Chris, and Trish Meyer. After Effects Apprentice. 0-240-80938-6. Florence: Focal Press,

2007. Sinson, Jim. Video Communication and Production. 978-1-56637-798-0. Chicago: Goodheart-

Wilcox, 2002.

256 | P a g e

257 | P a g e

Practical Nurse Lawton & Frederick Campuses

258 | P a g e

Practical Nurse Program Options

The Practical Nursing (PN) program offers two enrollment options: Traditional Practical Nursing and Flex Practical Nursing. Attendance requirements, instructional strategies, and class schedules vary according to the enrollment option. Traditional Practical Nurse

The traditional, lecture-based practical nurse option is designed for the full-time day student that learns best through teacher-led classroom instruction. Students attend class full-time, five days a week. Approximately 30 students are admitted annually with completion in 12 months.

Flex Practical Nurse

The flex practical nurse program has no classroom lectures and is designed for the independent learner who is familiar with computer use. Students progress through curriculum by completing learning contracts. Instructors facilitate the self-directed learning and are available for questions, round table discussions, and laboratory demonstrations. The flex program does require some mandatory classroom and clinical attendance. Approximately 30 students are admitted annually, shared between August and February entry dates, with completion in 12-24 months.

Classroom Instruction & Clinical Information

Classroom Instruction

Lawton traditional classroom instruction ~ Monday though Friday 8:00 am to 3:15 pm Lawton flex classroom open ~ Monday through Friday 8:00 am to 3:15 pm Frederick flex classroom open ~ Monday though Thursday 8:15 am to 4:00 pm

Clinical Information

Clinical 12-hour shifts ~ Wednesday & Thursday 6:30 am to 6:30 pm Clinical 8-hour shifts ~ Wednesday, Thursday, & Friday 6:30 am to 3:30 pm

Practical Nursing Program Coordinator If you have questions about the practical nursing program, the notification process, or the conditional admission requirements, please contact the practical nursing program director:

Karen Shirey, PN Program Coordinator Email: kshirey@greatplains.edu

Phone: (580) 250-5580

259 | P a g e

Program Cost

Lawton Campus PN Program Costs

Tuition $2,776.00 Student needs fees $2,376.50 Books - approximate cost $864.00 Uniforms - approximate cost $157.00 NCLEX fingerprint cost $55.00

Total Traditional PN Program Cost** $6,228.50 My Clinical Exchange – 2nd year cost $39.50

Total Flex PN Program Cost** $6,268.00

Frederick Campus PN Program Costs Tuition $2,926.00 Student needs fees $2,337.00 Books - approximate cost $864.00 Uniforms - approximate cost $157.00 NCLEX fingerprint cost $55.00

Total Flex PN Program Cost** $6,339.00 **In addition to the program costs, upon acceptance into the practical nursing program applicants are responsible for paying approximately $35.00 to complete a drug screen and $52.50 for a background check. This out of pocket expense occurs upon applicant initial acceptance into the program/signing the letter of intent and is required before final acceptance/admittance into the practical nursing program. Tuition and fees will not change while a student is enrolled in the Practical Nurse program.

Practical Nursing Application Process

1. Set up an appointment with a career counselor at Great Plains Technology Center to discuss program options and application requirements. Student support services department locations:

• Lawton Campus: Rm. 107, Bldg.100, 4500 West Lee Boulevard, Lawton, OK. Phone: (580) 250-5535

• Frederick Campus: 2001 E. Gladstone, Frederick, OK. Phone: (580) 335-5525

2. Complete Great Plains Technology Center (GPTC) Application for Admission. 3. The application and all required documents are to be submitted to the student support

services department on each GPTC campus. 4. Upon applying for admission, a Next-Generation Accuplacer testing referral will be

provided by a career counselor. 5. Only complete files with all documents, transcripts, and test scores verifying eligibility

requirements will be reviewed for placement in the PN program. It is the applicant’s responsibility to verify the completeness of the application file with GPTC staff.

260 | P a g e

Required Admission Documentation & Prerequisites Submit the following required documents to GPTC student support services office. All documentation must be submitted by the application deadline. Completed Application Official high school transcript, high school equivalency scores (HiSET or GED), or

official college transcript with a conferred degree of Associate’s level or higher Current American Heart Association Basic Life Support or Healthcare Provider

CPR certification no others will be accepted. Online not accepted Current Long Term Care Aide certification from the Oklahoma Nurse Aide Registry Next-Generation Accuplacer testing scores less than 3 years from the

application deadline or ACT testing scores less than 5 years from the application deadline

Entrance Testing and Admission Points

Admission to the Practical Nursing program is based on the highest number of points earned by qualified applicants. Qualified applicants who reside within the Great Plains Technology Center district will be considered for admission to the PN program prior to qualified applicants who do not reside within the Great Plains Technology Centers district.

• Next-Generation Accuplacer testing fee is $10.00 at GPTC. • Study material may be found on the College Board website at

https://practice.accuplacer.org/login • Minimum score of 4 points in reading & math must be achieved to be considered

academically ready.

o Next-Generation Accuplacer testing scores less than 3 years from the application deadline or ACT testing scores less than 5 years from the application deadline

o Next-Generation Accuplacer Reading Score – Minimum of 250 or ACT Reading Score – Minimum of 19

o Next-Generation Accuplacer Arithmetic Score of 225 or ACT Math Score – Minimum of 17

Next-Generation Accuplacer Point Scale (valid within last 3 years of application deadline)

Reading 249 or below 0 points

250-262 4 points

263-275 6 points

276 or more 8 points

Arithmetic 224 or below 0 points

225-249 4 points

250-262 6 points

263-275 8 points

276 or more 10 points

OR ACT Point Scale

(valid within last 5 years of application deadline)

Reading 18 or below 0 points

19 4 points

20 6 points

21-22 8 points

23 or more 10 points

Math 16 or below 0 points

17-18 4 points

19 6 points

20-22 8 points

23 or more 10 points

261 | P a g e

Optional Admission Points

Career Tech High School Programs Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C”

Must be completed within 5 years of application deadline. Points awarded for the highest level only. Nursing Assistant – 1 year completer 10 points Biomedical Science and Medicine – 1 year concentrator 10 points Biomedical Science and Medicine – 2 year completer 20 points

Short Term Career Tech Courses Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C” Must be completed within 2 years of application deadline

Medical Terminology 3 points Phlebotomy Level I 4 points Anatomy & Physiology 5 points Math for Health Occupations 5 points

College Retention GPA Points awarded for the highest level only. Must be on official transcript with minimum GPA of 2.0.

GPA of 1.99 or less 0 pts 29 credit hours or less 5 pts 30 credit hours or more 10 pts Completed Associate’s Degree 15 pts Completed Bachelor’s Degree 20 pts Completed Master’s Degree 30 pts

College Courses Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C”.

Anatomy & Physiology I & II (must complete both levels for points) – only 4 points? Letter Grade Point Scale:

A = 4 B = 3 C = 2 D = 0 F = 0

Biology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Chemistry with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Human Anatomy with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Human Physiology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Medical Terminology Microbiology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Nutrition

Certifications Points awarded for the highest level in each category.

Certifications must be current as of the application deadline. Certified Home Health Care Aide 2 pts Certified Medication Aide 2 pts First Aid 2 pts Phlebotomy (National Certification) 5 pts Other Health Related Occupations (Dental Asst., Pharmacy Tech, etc.) 2 pts Nationally Registered EMT-Basic 5 pts Nationally Registered EMT- Advanced 10 pts Nationally Registered EMT- Paramedic IV (Level I=14, II=16, III= 18) 20 pts

Veteran Points Points awarded for the highest level in this category.

DD 214: 68K or branch equivalent - Medical Lab Specialist 4 pts DD 214: 68W or branch equivalent - Army Combat Medic 10 pts DD 214: 18D or branch equivalent - Special Forces Medical Sgt. 20 pts

262 | P a g e

Notification of Acceptance

Applicants will be notified of acceptance within 10 business days of the application deadline by phone call, email, or the US Postal Service. In the event of a change of address, phone number or email address, it is the applicant’s responsibility to update their information. To update contact information, visit the admissions office or call:

• Lawton Campus: Health Careers Office at (580) 250-5670 or Student Services at (580) 250-5535

• Frederick Campus: Career Counselor at (580) 335-5525

Advance Standing Credit Students will be given advanced standing credit for the following courses that have been completed with a grade of ‘C’ or better and validated by an official transcript from an accredited institution:

• Medical Terminology • Phlebotomy: course completed within two years of application deadline, employed

as a phlebotomist for six months within two years of application deadline or hold a current Phlebotomist Certification.

Conditional Admission Requirements

Age: Applicant must be at least 18 years of age to attend clinicals.

Physical Exam: Applicants must complete a physical exam on the form provided GPTC, complete with laboratory results, immunizations records, and physical clearance by a physician. All costs of physical, labs, and immunizations are the responsibility of the student. Any health related problems must be corrected and evidence of correction must be submitted. Students must be in good health and be free of any physical restrictions, as evidence by a physical exam, to participate in clinical activities. This will not be collected until you are slotted in the program and have completed the physical form.

Required Immunizations: Must be documented on a shot record or proven immunity by providing a positive titer.

• Hepatitis B - series of 3 injections • MMR (measles, mumps, rubella) - series of 2 injections • Varicella (chicken pox) - series of 2 injections or must have positive titer • Tetanus (TDaP) - within the last 10 years • 1 negative TB skin test or TB screening • Seasonal flu shot

263 | P a g e

Drug Screen: Applicants will submit authorization allowing a facility, designated by GPTC, to test for the presence of illicit drugs. Applicant will be notified when and where the drug screen is to be completed. The cost is approximately $35.00 and is the responsibility of the student. Applicants with a positive drug screen will be denied admittance to the PN program.

Clinical Site Privilege: Criminal history records and self-disclosed information may be provided to clinical sites after program acceptance and throughout program enrollment. GPTC and clinical sites reserve the right to review any information that would have a bearing on the student’s ability to function safely in the clinical area. Clinical facilities may deny students access to clinical rotations upon the findings of the background check. While a criminal history does not necessarily disqualify an individual for admission into a program, clinical sites reserve the right to refuse clinical placement of any student. If not accepted by a clinical site, the school will make reasonable attempts to meet program objectives by providing alternative clinical sites. If alternative clinical sites cannot be arranged, program objectives cannot be completed and dismissal may result.

Background Check: Criminal history and sex offender background checks are required to complete clinical requirements. (Uniform Clinical Contract - Clinical Rotation Agreement, developed January 2004 by the Statewide Taskforce, sponsored by the Oklahoma Hospital Association). Background checks are acceptable only when conducted by an agency authorized by GPTC. The cost is approximately $52.50 and is the responsibility of the student. GPTC reserves the right to do repeat background checks throughout the program.

Financial Arrangements: Applicants must pay tuition and fees by the prearranged deadlines. Financial aid arrangements will be accepted in lieu of payment. For more information on applying for financial aid (FASFA), VA benefits, scholarships, or utilizing other funding sources, contact the GPTC Financial Aid Coordinator at (580) 250-5534.

Mandatory PN Orientation Meeting: Applicants must attend a mandatory PN orientation meeting that will be set for 2 weeks after class selection. Upon receiving your notification of acceptance, your enrollment will be contingent upon the completion and submission of the required documents and attendance at the mandatory PN meeting.

Practical Nursing Program Information

Definition: "Practical Nurse" means the practice of nursing under the supervision or direction of a Registered Nurse, licensed physician, or dentist. This directed scope of nursing practice includes, but is not limited to:

• Contributing to the assessment of the health status of individuals and groups. • Participating in the development and modification of the plan of care.

264 | P a g e

• Implementing the appropriate aspects of the plan of care. • Delegating such tasks as may safely be performed by others, consistent with

educational preparation and do not conflict with the Oklahoma Nurse Practice Act. • Providing safe and effective nursing care rendered directly or indirectly. • Participating in the evaluation of responses to interventions. • Teaching basic nursing skills and related principles. • Performing additional nursing procedures in accordance with knowledge and

skills acquired through education beyond nursing preparation and, • Delegating those nursing tasks as defined in the rules for the Board that may

be performed by an advanced unlicensed assistive person. Mission: The mission of the PN Department is to prepare individuals for success in work and in life, by providing exemplary PN education. Vision: Our vision is to meet the needs of the 21st century healthcare system by providing exemplary PN education and training opportunities to the workforce of the future. Philosophy: The faculty of the nursing program supports the philosophy of the Great Plains Technology Center. We recognize that society today is faced with many complex social problems. Public school education is deeply involved, not only in the solution of such problems, but also in the effort to operate schools effectively despite the social unrest thought out the world today. We are responsible for maintaining a quality education program for our students. Student Learning Outcomes/Role-Specific Competencies: Our student learning outcomes are aligned with the OBN-PN Nursing Competencies, QSEN Competencies, the NCLEX-PN Test Plan, and National Health Foundation Standards.

1. Provide patient-centered care with sensitivity, empathy and respect for the diversity of human experience.

2. Work in interdisciplinary teams with other health care members to improve patient outcomes.

3. Employ evidence-based practice in choosing optimal patient care instructions. 4. Apply quality improvement to patient outcomes to meet their changing needs. 5. Apply principles of safety that reduce risk of harm to self and others. 6. Utilize informatics to provide care, reduce medical errors and support health care

interventions.

265 | P a g e

Practical Nursing Curriculum Plan

Course Title Theory/Lab Hours

Clinical Hours Totals

Medical Terminology 45 0 45 Anatomy & Physiology for Practical Nursing 120 0 120 Long Term Care Assistant-Prerequisite 75 0 75 Introduction to Nursing 40 0 40 Fundamentals of Nursing 160 0 160 Clinical Nursing I 0 80 80 Clinical Nursing II 0 224 244 Semester I Totals 440 304 724 Pharmacology & Intravenous Therapy Skills 66 0 66 Medical Surgical Nursing I 78 0 78 Medical Surgical Nursing II 78 0 78 Clinical Nursing III 0 232 232 Maternal/Newborn Nursing 45 0 45 Pediatric Nursing 45 0 45 Mental Health Nursing 40 0 40 Clinical Nursing IV 0 120 120 Transition to Practice 15 0 15 Semester II Totals 367 352 719

Grand Total Hours 807 656 1463

Transfer of Credit Policy Great Plains Technology Center will accept transfer hours from other schools based on an evaluation of the student’s comprehension of the course material. Please note that students transferring to another school may not be able to transfer all the hours they earned at Great Plains Technology Center; the number of transferable hours depend on the policy of the receiving school. Transfer hours accepted by the school are applied to the total number of hours necessary to complete the program and are considered for both attempted and completed hours for the purpose of determining when the allowable maximum time frame has been exhausted. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) evaluation periods are based on actual contracted hours at the institution. Transfer students must meet the following criteria:

1. If he/she is transferring hours from another school, he/she will be asked to request a transcript. Tuition and hourly credit will be awarded as verified by the transcript.

266 | P a g e

2. Transfer students will not be allowed to enroll until they have officially terminated their enrollment at their previous school. Tuition and hourly credit will be awarded as verified by the transcript.

3. Tuition charges will be prorated for the remainder of instruction hours needed to complete the course as offered by the school. Remaining tuition charges for the course along with enrollment fees will be charged accordingly. Transfer students are eligible to receive financial aid, if qualified.

Academic Policy The minimum satisfactory academic standing for retention in the School of Practical Nurse is a grade average of "C" or 77% at the completion of each semester. This grade must be maintained in each individual course. Grading Scale: A = 93-100 B = 85-92 C = 77-84 F = 76 and below

Completion Requirements

1. All curriculum complete with a minimum of 77% proficiency. 2. All clinical rotations complete with a minimum of 80% proficiency. 3. Graduation Clearance form complete.

Oklahoma Board of Nursing

Licensure Information

1. The Oklahoma Board of Nursing approves the Great Plains Practical Nursing program. Graduates of this state-approved program are eligible to apply to the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) for practical nurses.

2. The applicant for licensure must be a minimum of eighteen (18) years of age. 3. Applicants of Oklahoma licensure must meet all state and federal requirements to

hold an Oklahoma license to practice nursing. 4. In addition to completing a state-approved nursing education program that meets

educational requirements and successfully passing the licensure examination, requirements include submission of an application for licensure, a criminal history records search, and evidence of citizenship or qualified alien status.

5. To be granted a license, an applicant must have the legal right to be in the United States (United States Code Chapter 8, Section 1621). In addition, Oklahoma law only allows a license to be issued to U.S. citizens, U.S. nationals, and legal permanent resident aliens. Other qualified aliens may be issued a temporary license that is valid until the expiration of their visa status, or if there is no expiration date, for one year. Applicants who are qualified aliens must present to the Board office, in person, valid documentary evident of:

• A valid, unexpired immigrant or non-immigrant visa status for admission into the United States

• A pending or approved application for asylum in the United States; • Admission into the United States in refugee status;

267 | P a g e

• A pending or approved application for temporary protection status in the United States;

• Approved deferred action status; or • A pending application for adjustment of status to legal permanent resident

status or conditional resident status. 6. The Board has the authority to deny a license, recognition or certificate; issue a

license, recognition or certificate with conditions and/or an administrative penalty; or to issue and otherwise discipline a license, recognition or certificate to an individual with a history of criminal background, disciplinary action on any professional or occupational license or certification, or judicial declaration of mental incompetence [59 O.S. § 567.8]. These cases are considered on an individual basis at the time application for licensure is made, with the exception of felony convictions.

7. An individual with a felony conviction cannot apply for licensure for at least five years after completion of all sentencing terms, including probation and suspended sentences, unless a presidential or gubernatorial pardon is received 59 O.S. § 567.5 & 567.6

8. State Law (59 O.S. § 567.18.B.) requires each applicant for licensure to have a fingerprint-based background check completed not more that ninety (90) days old at the time of submission of application for license. The background check consists of fingerprint-based searches of the Oklahoma State Bureau of Investigation (OSBI) and Federal Bureau of investigation (FBI) Criminal History Record Information databases and name 3 index searches of computerized databases containing criminal history records.

9. In addition to the background check, applicants for licensure who have ever been summoned, arrested, taken into custody, indicted, convicted or tried for, or charged with, or pleaded guilty to, the violation of any law or ordinance or the commission of any misdemeanor or felony, or requested to appear before any prosecuting attorney or investigative agency in any matter; or have ever had disciplinary action taken against a nursing license, certification or registration, any professional or occupational license, registration, or certification or if there is currently any investigation of your nursing license, registration, or certification; and/or any professional or occupational license, registration, or certification in any state, territory or country, or have ever been judicially declared incompetent are required to notify the Oklahoma Board of Nursing in writing.

10. A “report in writing” means that the applicant/licensee provided a signed and dated description stating in his/her own words the date, location, and circumstances of the incident, and if applicable, the resulting action taken by the court, agency, or disciplinary board. The report may be in the form of a letter or a statement in the provided space on the application. Certified court records or a board order must accompany the report. A verbal report does not constitute a “report in writing”. A written report not accompanied by a full set of certified court records or the board order (s) does not constitute a “report in writing”. Failure to report such action is a violation of the Oklahoma Nursing Practice Act.

11. The graduate candidate will be a Practical Nurse when he/she has made a passing score on the NCLEX exam.

268 | P a g e

12. NOTE: All states have slightly different licensing criteria. To work as a l nurse in another state, you must meet that state’s criteria for “License by Endorsement”, this is after being issued a license in Oklahoma. A candidate with a history or arrests, convictions, or prior disciplinary action, may not be eligible for licensure in surrounding states due to the individual state’s restrictions.

Oklahoma Board of Nursing

Licensure of Practical and Registered Nurses Disciplinary Action

485:10-11-4. Licensure or Certification of Individuals with Criminal History (a) Purpose and Applicability. This section establishes the criteria utilized by the Board in determining the effect of criminal history on eligibility for nursing licensure or Advanced Unlicensed Assistant (AUA) certification and implements the requirements of Oklahoma Statutes Title 59 Sections 567.1. et seq. and 4000.1 (2019). This section applies to: (1) all currently licensed nurses and holders of an AUA certificate; (2) all individuals seeking to obtain a nursing license or AUA certificate; and (3) all individuals seeking an initial determination of their eligibility for nursing licensure or AUA certification. (b) The felonies listed below in subsection (c) disqualify an individual from retaining licensure or becoming licensed as a nurse or retaining certification or becoming certified as an AUA in Oklahoma. However, subsection (c) is not an exhaustive or exclusive list of crimes, both felonies and misdemeanors resulting in a conviction or a deferred sentence, that may result in discipline from the Board of Nursing, up to and including revocation. The felonies listed in subsection (c) disqualify an individual because they substantially relate to the practice of nursing and pose a reasonable threat to public safety for the reasons stated below. (1) The practice of nursing is a unique profession. Licensees and certificate holders practice nursing autonomously in a wide variety of settings and provide care to patients who are, by virtue of their illness or injury, physically, emotionally, and/or financially vulnerable. These patients often include the elderly, children, those with mental or cognitive disorders, sedated or anesthetized patients, and/or disabled or immobilized individuals. Individuals who have engaged in criminal conduct place patients, healthcare employers and employees, and the public at risk of harm. (2) Crimes involving fraud and/or theft. Licensees and certificate holders often have unfettered access to patients' privileged information, financial information, and valuables, including but not limited to medications, money, jewelry, credit cards/check book, and/or sentimental items. The practice of nursing continues 24 hours per day in all healthcare settings, including those where there is often no direct supervision of the individual. Patients in these healthcare settings are particularly vulnerable to the unethical, deceitful, and illegal conduct of a licensee or certificate holder. When an individual has engaged in criminal behavior involving fraud and/or theft, the Board is mindful that similar misconduct may be repeated in healthcare settings, thereby placing patients, healthcare employers and employees, and the public at risk. As such, crimes involving any type of fraud and/or theft are highly relevant to an individual's ability to provide safe nursing care. (3) Crimes involving sexual misconduct.

269 | P a g e

Licensees and certificate holders frequently provide nursing care to partially clothed or fully undressed patients, who are particularly vulnerable to exploitation. Due to the intimate nature of nursing care, professional boundaries in the practice of nursing are extremely important. When an individual has engaged in criminal behavior involving any type of sexual misconduct, the Board is mindful that similar misconduct may be repeated in healthcare settings. As such, crimes involving any type of sexual misconduct are highly relevant to an individual's ability to provide safe nursing care. (4) Crimes involving lying, falsification, and/or deception. Licensees and certificate holders are required to accurately and honestly report and record information in a variety of places, such as medical records, pharmacy records, billing records, nursing notes, and plans of care, as well as to report errors in their own nursing practice. When an individual has engaged in criminal behavior involving lying, falsification, and/or deceptive conduct, the Board is mindful that similar misconduct may be repeated in healthcare settings, thereby placing patients, healthcare employers and employees, and the public at risk of harm. As such, crimes involving any type of lying, falsification and/or deception are highly relevant to an individual's ability to provide safe nursing care. (5) Crimes involving drugs and/or alcohol. Licensees and certificate holders have a duty to their patients to provide safe, effective nursing care and to be able to practice safely. Individuals who have a substance use disorder may have impaired judgment and motor skills and are at risk for harming their patients and/or the public. Licensees and certificate holders have access to many medications and drugs and those with substance use disorders may misuse or steal drugs. Individuals affected by a substance use disorder may be unable to accurately assess patients, make appropriate judgments, or intervene in a timely and appropriate manner, thus putting their patients at risk. This danger is heightened when the licensee or certificate holder works in an autonomous setting where other healthcare providers are not present to intervene for the patient or the public. As such, crimes related to the use or possession of drugs or alcohol are highly relevant to an individual's fitness to practice. (6) Crimes involving violence and/or threatening behavior. Licensees and certificate holders provide care to the most vulnerable of populations, including patients who often have no voice of their own and cannot advocate for themselves. Further, patients are dependent on the caregiver-patient relationship for their daily care. When an individual has engaged in violent or threatening criminal behavior, the Board is mindful that patients may be at risk for similar behavior in a healthcare setting. As such, crimes involving violence and threatening behavior are highly relevant to an individual's fitness to practice. (c) All crimes listed in this subsection are as described in Titles 21, 47 and 63 of the Oklahoma Statutes. In addition, the Board recognizes and gives similar treatment to similar offenses charged in other jurisdictions. Felony convictions that disqualify an individual from retaining licensure or becoming licensed as a nurse, or retaining certification or becoming certified as an AUA in Oklahoma include: (1) Crimes involving fraud, theft, lying and/or falsification. (A) Robbery 21 O.S. § 791 et seq. (B) Falsely personating another to gain money or

270 | P a g e

property 21 O.S. § 1532. (C) Identity theft 21 O.S. § 1533.1. (2) Crimes involving sexual misconduct. (A) Human Trafficking 21 O.S. § 748. (B) Trafficking in children 21 O.S. § 866. (C) Incest 21 O.S. § 885. (D) Forcible sodomy 21 O.S. § 888. (E) Indecent exposure, indecent exhibitions, obscene material or child pornography, solicitation of minors 21 O.S. § 1021. (F) Procure, cause the participation of a minor in any child pornography, buys, or knowingly possesses, procures, manufactures, or causes to be sold or distributed child pornography 21 O.S. §§ 1021.2 and 1024.2 (G) Commercial sale or distribution of pornography 21 O.S. § 1040.13. (H) Soliciting/offering sex with minor 21 O.S. § 1040.13a.

(I) Offering or transporting one under 18 for sex 21 O.S. § 1087. (J) Child Prostitution – unlawful detainment in prostitution house 21 O.S. § 1088. (K) Lewd or indecent proposals to minor, sexual battery of minor 21 O.S. § 1123. (L) Knowingly engaging in acts likely to spread Human Immunodeficiency Virus 21 O.S. § 1192.1. (3) Crimes involving drugs and/or alcohol. (A) Causing, aiding, abetting minor to commit controlled dangerous substance crimes 21 O.S. § 856.1. (B) Drug trafficking 63 O.S. § 2-415. (4) Crimes involving threats, violence and/or harm to another individual. (A) Assault, battery, or assault and battery with a dangerous weapon 21 O.S. § 645. (B) Aggravated assault and battery 21 O.S. § 646. (C) Aggravated assault and battery on a law officer 21 O.S. § 650. (D) Aggravated assault and battery on medical personnel with firearm or other dangerous weapon 21 O.S. § 650.5. (E) Murder, first or second degree 21 O.S. §§ 701.7 and 701.8. (F) Manslaughter, first degree 21 O.S. § 711. (G) Kidnapping 21 O.S. § 741. (H) Extortionate kidnapping 21 O.S. § 745. (I) Malicious intentional intimidation or harassment based on suspect classification 21 O.S. § 850. (J) Desertion – abandonment of child under ten 21 O.S. § 851. (K) Child endangerment by permitting child abuse 21 O.S. § 852.1. (L) Rape first or second degree 21 O.S. §§ 1111 and 1114. (M)Peeping Tom – personally or electronically 21 O.S. § 1171. (N) Stalking 21 O.S. § 1173. (O) Endangering or injuring a person during arson or attempt 21 O.S. § 1405. (P) Failure to stop after fatal accident 47 O.S. § 10-102.1. (Q)Mingling poison, drugs, or sharp objects with food, drink 21 O.S. § 832. (5) Crimes involving harm to property. (A) Violation of Oklahoma Antiterrorism Act 21 O.S. §§ 1268 et seq. (B) Arson, first, second or third degree 21 O.S. §§ 1401, 1402, and 1403. (C) Burglary, first degree 21 O.S. § 1431.

(d) To obtain an Initial Determination of Eligibility, the required form shall be completed and filed with the Board. The fee for an Initial Determination of Eligibility shall be $95.00 and shall be submitted with the required form. (e) The Executive Director is authorized to close a file requesting initial determination of eligibility when the person seeking determination of eligibility for licensure has failed to respond to a written request from the Board for information, within sixty (60) days of the written request.

271 | P a g e

Practical Nursing Career Opportunities (From Occupational Outlook Handbook, Bureau of Labor Statistics, US Department of Labor)

Practical nurses provide basic nursing care. They may reinforce teaching done by RNs regarding how family members should care for a relative; help to deliver, care for, and feed infants; collect samples for testing and do routine laboratory tests; or feed patients who need help eating. They can give medication, start IVs, and oversee unlicensed medical staff. PNs care for ill, injured, or convalescing patients or persons with disabilities in nursing homes and extended care facilities, hospitals, physicians’ offices, clinics, and private homes. Nurses must be on their feet for much of the day and may have to lift patients who have trouble moving in bed, standing, or walking. These duties can be stressful, as can dealing with ill and injured people. Most PNs work full time and many work shifts during nights, weekends, or holidays, because patients need medical care at all hours. They may be required to work shifts of longer than 8 hours. PNs must complete an approved educational program. These programs award a certificate or diploma and typically take about 1 year to complete, but may take longer. They are commonly found in technical schools and community colleges. Practical Nursing programs combine classroom learning in subjects such as nursing, biology, and pharmacology. All programs also include supervised clinical experience. After completing a state-approved educational program, prospective PNs can take the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX-PN). In all states, they must pass the exam to get a license and work as an PN. PNs should be friendly, enjoy helping others, and communicating with people. Other important qualities include:

• Compassion - PNs must be empathetic and caring toward the people they serve. • Detail oriented - PNs need to be responsible and detail oriented, because they

must make sure that patients get the correct care at the right time. • Interpersonal skills - Interacting with patients and other healthcare providers is a

big part of their jobs. • Patience - Dealing with sick and injured people may be stressful. They should be

patient, so they can cope with any stress that stems from providing care to these patients.

• Physical stamina - PNs should be comfortable performing physical tasks, such as bending over patients for a long time.

• Speaking skills - It is important that PNs be able to communicate effectively, for example, they may need to relay information about a patient’s current condition to a RN.

Employment of PNs is projected to grow 16% from 2014 to 2024, much faster than the average for all occupations. As the baby-boom population ages, the overall need for healthcare services is expected to increase. PNs will be needed in residential care facilities and in home health environments to care for older patients.

272 | P a g e

A number of chronic conditions, such as diabetes and obesity, have become more prevalent in recent years. PNs will be needed to assist and care for patients with chronic conditions in skilled nursing and other extended care facilities. In addition, many procedures that once could be done only in hospitals are now being done outside of hospitals, creating demand in other settings, such as outpatient care centers. The number of individuals who have access to health insurance is expected to continue to increase because of federal health insurance reform. PNs will be needed, particularly in ambulatory care settings, to care for the newly insured who seek primary and preventative services. High emotional and physical demands may cause workers to leave the occupation, creating potential job openings. Job prospects should be favorable for PNs who are willing to work in rural and medically underserved areas.

• The median annual wage for PNs in the USA was $44,090 - ($21.20/hr) in May 2016.

• The annual mean wage of PNs in Oklahoma was $22,730 - $40,090 ($10.92 - $19.27/hr) in May 2016.

• The annual mean wage of PNs in Southwest Oklahoma was $36,610 - $17.60/hr in May 2016.

Student Achievement Data

Licensure Exam Pass Rates

Year Lawton Traditional Lawton Flex Frederick Flex OK USA 2020 100% 90% 100% ** ** 2019 95% 100% 66% 87.41% 85.63% 2018 100% 91% 75% 86.83% 85.93% 2017 96.3% 100.00% 87.5% 86.64% 83.85% 2016 90.00% 95.00% 100.00% 87.64% 83.70% 2015 90.48% 100.00% 75.00% 90.72% 81.89%

Program Completion Rates Lawton Traditional Lawton Flex Frederick Flex

2019 77% 97% 71% 2018 90% 85.7% 62.5% 2017 72.0% 60% 88.9% 2016 76.67% 80.00% 62.50% 2015 80.00% 58.82% 88.89%

Job Placement for 2018-19 Graduates Lawton Traditional Lawton Flex Frederick Flex Total Graduates 21 19 3 Graduates Employed 95% 100% 100% Graduates in Further Education 0% 0% 0% Positive Placement 95% 100% 10% Average Wage - PN $15.95/hr. $14.56/hr. $18.67/hr. Not employed in ED 1 0 0

273 | P a g e

Applicant’s Checklist

Step 1: Submit the following required documents to GPTC student support

services office. All documentation must be submitted by 4pm on the application deadline.

Completed Application Official high school transcript, high school equivalency scores (HiSET or GED), or

official college transcript with a conferred degree of Associate’s level or higher Current American Heart Association Basic Life Support or Healthcare Provider CPR

certification no others will be accepted. Current Long Term Care Aide certification from the Oklahoma Nurse Aide Registry Next-Generation Accuplacer testing scores less than 3 years from the application

deadline or ACT testing scores less than 5 years from the application deadline

Step 2: Submit all Optional Admission documents by 4pm on the application deadline.

Lawton Campus: 4500 SW Lee Boulevard, Lawton, Oklahoma 73505 Frederick Campus: 2001 E. Gladstone, Frederick, Oklahoma 73542

Step 3: How Am I Slotted:

Admission to the Practical Nursing program is based on the highest number of points earned by qualified applicants. Qualified applicants who reside within the Great Plains Technology Center district will be considered for admission to the PN program prior to qualified applicants who do not reside within the Great Plains Technology Centers district.

Step 4: How Am I Notified:

Applicants will be notified of acceptance within 10 business days of the application deadline by phone call, email, or the US Postal Service. In the event of a change of address, phone number or email address, it is the applicant’s responsibility to update their information.

Step 5: Upon Acceptance: Upon notification of acceptance in the PN program, applicant will be required to provide documentation of physical examination free of restrictions, required immunizations, negative drug screen and background check from designated provider.

274 | P a g e

The PN Career Program is approved by: Oklahoma Board of Nursing (OBN)

2915 N. Classen Blvd, Suite 524 Oklahoma City, OK 73106 Phone: (405) 962-1800 Fax (405)962-1821 www.ok.gov/nursing

The Great Plains Technology Center is approved by the Oklahoma Board of Nursing. Graduates of this state-approved program are eligible to apply to write the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) for practical nurses. Applicants for Oklahoma licensure must meet all state and federal requirements to hold an Oklahoma license to practice nursing. In addition to completing a state-approved nursing education program that meets educational requirements and successfully passing the licensure examination, requirements include submission of an application for licensure, a criminal history records search, and evidence of citizenship or qualified alien status [59 0. S. §§567.5 & 567.6]. To be granted a license, an applicant must have the legal right to be in the United States (United States Code Chapter 8, Section 1621). In addition, Oklahoma law only allows a license to be issued to U.S. citizens, U.S. nationals, and legal permanent resident aliens. Other qualified aliens may be issued a temporary license that is valid until the expiration of their visa status, or if there is no expiration date, for one year. Applicants who are qualified aliens must present to the Board office, in person, valid documentary evidence of' 1. A valid, unexpired immigrant or non-immigrant visa status for admission into the United States; 2. A pending or approved application for asylum in the United States; 3. Admission into the United States in refugee status; 4. A pending or approved application for temporary protected status in the

United States; 5. Approved deferred action status; or 6. A pending application for adjustment of status to legal permanent resident status or conditional resident status. The Board has the authority to deny a license, recognition or certificate; issue a license, recognition or certificate with conditions and/or an administrative penalty; or to issue and otherwise discipline a license, recognition or certificate to an individual with a history of criminal background, disciplinary action on any professional or occupational license or certification, or judicial declaration of mental incompetence [59 0. S. §567.8]. These cases are considered on an individual basis at the time application for licensure is made, with the exception of felony convictions. Potential applicants to state-approved education programs, with a criminal history, may obtain an initial determination of eligibility for licensure or certification from the Oklahoma Board of Nursing for a fee. The initial determination of eligibility for licensure petition can be accessed at http://nursing.ok.gov/initialdeterm.pdf

275 | P a g e

1. Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN) 3390 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 1400 Atlanta, GA 30326 (404) 975-5000 www.acenursing.org 2. The practical nursing program at Great Plains Technology Center at the Lawton and Frederick campus located in Lawton, Oklahoma is accredited by the: Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN) 3390 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 1400 Atlanta, GA 30326 (404) 975-5000

The most recent accreditation decision made by the ACEN Board of Commissioners for the practical nursing program is Continuing Accreditation. a. Initial Accreditation b. Continuing Accreditation c. Continuing Accreditation with Conditions d. Continuing Accreditation with Warning e. Continuing Accreditation for Good Cause -View the public information disclosed by the ACEN regarding this program at

http://www. acenursing. us/accreditedprogramslprogramSearch.htm

276 | P a g e

277 | P a g e

278 | P a g e

Surgical Technology Lawton Campus

279 | P a g e

Surgical Technology Program Coordinator If you have questions about the Surgical Technology program, the notification process, or the conditional admission requirements, please contact the surgical technology program director:

Livia Rocha, Surgical Technology Program Coordinator Email: Lrocha@greatplains.edu

Phone: (580) 250-5574

Program Cost

Surgical Technologist Program Costs

Tuition $2,370.00 Student needs fees $748.75 Books - approximate cost $664.00 Uniforms - approximate cost $170.00 Total Cost $3,952.75

In addition to the program costs, upon acceptance into the surgical technologist program applicants are responsible for paying approximately $35.00 to complete a drug screen and $52.50 for a background check. This out of pocket expense occurs upon the applicants initial acceptance into the program/signing the letter of intent and is required before final acceptance/admittance into the practical nursing program. Tuition and fees will not change while a student is enrolled in the Surgical Technologist program.

Application Process

6. Set up an appointment with a career counselor at Great Plains Technology Center to discuss program options and application requirements. Student support services department locations:

• Lawton Campus: Rm. 107, Bldg.100, 4500 West Lee Boulevard, Lawton, OK. Phone: (580) 250-5535

• Frederick Campus: 2001 E. Gladstone, Frederick, OK. Phone: (580) 335-5525

7. Complete Great Plains Technology Center (GPTC) Application for Admission. 8. The application and all required documents are to be submitted to the student

support services department on each GPTC campus. 9. Upon applying for admission, a Next-Generation Accuplacer testing referral will be

provided by a career counselor. 10. Only complete files with all documents, transcripts, and test scores verifying

eligibility requirements will be reviewed for placement in the Surg Tech program. It is the applicant’s responsibility to verify the completeness of the application file with GPTC staff.

280 | P a g e

Required Admission Documentation & Prerequisite Submit the following required documents to GPTC student support services office. All documentation must be submitted by the application deadline. Completed Application Official high school transcript, high school equivalency scores (HiSET or GED), or official

college transcript with a conferred degree of Associate’s level or higher Current American Heart Association Basic Life Support or Healthcare Provider CPR

certification Next-Generation Accuplacer testing scores less than 3 years from the application deadline

or ACT testing scores less than 5 years from the application deadline

Entrance Testing and Admission Points Admission to the Surgical Technology program is based on the highest number of points earned by qualified applicants. Qualified applicants who reside within the Great Plains Technology Center district will be considered for admission to the Surg Tech program prior to qualified applicants who do not reside within the Great Plains Technology Center district. All Surg Tech applicants are required to submit Next-Generation Accuplacer scores or ACT scores with their application.

• Next-Generation Accuplacer testing fee is $10.00 at GPTC. • Study material may be found on the College Board website at

https://practice.accuplacer.org/login • Minimum score of 4 points in reading & math must be achieved to be considered

academically ready.

o Next-Generation Accuplacer testing scores less than 3 years from the application deadline or ACT testing scores less than 5 years from the application deadline

o Next-Generation Accuplacer Reading Scre – Minimum of 237 or ACT Reading Score – Minimum of 19

• Next-Generation Accuplacer Arithmetic Score of 225 or ACT Math Score – Minimum of 17

Next-Generation Accuplacer Point Scale (valid within last 3 years of application deadline)

Reading 236 or below 0 points

237-249 4 points

250-262 6 points

263-275 8 points

Arithmetic 224 or below 0 points

225-249 4 points

250-262 6 points

263-275 8 points

276 or more 10 points

OR

ACT Point Scale (valid within last 5 years of application deadline)

Reading 18 or below 0 points

19 4 points

20 6 points

21-22 8 points

23 or more 10 points

Math 16 or below 0 points

17-18 4 points

19 6 points

20-22 8 points

23 or more 10 points

281 | P a g e

Optional Admission Points

Career Tech High School Programs Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C”

Must be completed within 5 years of application deadline. Points awarded for the highest level only. Nursing Assistant – 1 year completer 10 points Biomedical Science and Medicine – 1 year concentrator 10 points Biomedical Science and Medicine – 2 year completer 20 points

Short Term Career Tech Courses Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C” Must be completed within 2 years of application deadline

Medical Terminology 3 points Phlebotomy Level I 4 points Anatomy & Physiology 5 points Math for Health Occupations 5 points

College Retention GPA Points awarded for the highest level only. Must be on official transcript with minimum GPA of 2.0.

GPA of 2.0 or less 0 pts Less than 30 hours 5 pts 30 credit hours or more 10 pts Completed Associate’s Degree 15 pts Completed Bachelor’s Degree 20 pts Completed Master’s Degree 30 pts

College Courses Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C”.

Anatomy & Physiology I & II (must complete both levels for points) – only 4 points? Letter Grade Point Scale:

A = 4 B = 3 C = 2 D = 0 F = 0

Biology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Chemistry with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Human Anatomy with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Human Physiology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Medical Terminology Microbiology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged)

Certifications Points awarded for the highest level in each category.

Certifications must be current as of the application deadline. Certified Long Term Care Aide 2 pts Certified Home Health Care Aide 2 pts. Certified Medication Aide 2 pts First Aid 2 pts Phlebotomy (National Certification) 5 pts Other Health Related Occupations (Dental Asst., Pharmacy Tech, etc.) 2 pts Nationally Registered EMT-Basic 5 pts Nationally Registered EMT- Advanced 10 pts Nationally Registered EMT- Paramedic IV (Level I=14, II=16, III= 18) 20 pts

Veteran Points Points awarded for the highest level in this category.

DD 214: 68K or branch equivalent - Medical Lab Specialist 4 pts DD 214: 68W or branch equivalent - Army Combat Medic 10 pts DD 214: 18D or branch equivalent - Special Forces Medical Sgt. 20 pts

282 | P a g e

Optional Admission Points

Career Tech High School Programs Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C”

Must be completed within 5 years of application deadline. Points awarded for the highest level only. Nursing Assistant – 1 year completer 10 points Biomedical Science and Medicine – 1 year concentrator 10 points Biomedical Science and Medicine – 2 year completer 20 points

Short Term Career Tech Courses Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C” Must be completed within 2 years of application deadline

Medical Terminology 3 points Phlebotomy Level I 4 points Anatomy & Physiology 5 points Math for Health Occupations 5 points

College Retention GPA Points awarded for the highest level only. Must be on official transcript with minimum GPA of 2.0.

GPA of 2.0 or less 0 pts Less than 30 hours 5 pts 30 credit hours or more 10 pts Completed Associate’s Degree 15 pts Completed Bachelor’s Degree 20 pts Completed Master’s Degree 30 pts

College Courses Must be on official transcript with minimum grade of “C”.

Anatomy & Physiology I & II (must complete both levels for points) – only 4 points? Letter Grade Point Scale:

A = 4 B = 3 C = 2 D = 0 F = 0

Biology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Chemistry with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Human Anatomy with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Human Physiology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged) Medical Terminology Microbiology with Lab (course and lab grade will be averaged)

Certifications Points awarded for the highest level in each category.

Certifications must be current as of the application deadline. Certified Long Term Care Aide 2 pts Certified Home Health Care Aide 2 pts. Certified Medication Aide 2 pts First Aid 2 pts Phlebotomy (National Certification) 5 pts Other Health Related Occupations (Dental Asst., Pharmacy Tech, etc.) 2 pts Nationally Registered EMT-Basic 5 pts Nationally Registered EMT- Advanced 10 pts Nationally Registered EMT- Paramedic IV (Level I=14, II=16, III= 18) 20 pts

Veteran Points Points awarded for the highest level in this category.

DD 214: 68K or branch equivalent - Medical Lab Specialist 4 pts DD 214: 68W or branch equivalent - Army Combat Medic 10 pts DD 214: 18D or branch equivalent - Special Forces Medical Sgt. 20 pts

283 | P a g e

Notification of Acceptance Applicants will be notified of acceptance within 10 business days of the application deadline by phone call, email, or the US Postal Service. In the event of a change of address, phone number or email address, it is the applicant’s responsibility to update their information. To update contact information, visit the admissions office or call:

• Lawton Campus: Health Careers Office at (580) 250-5670 or Student Services at (580) 250-5535

• Frederick Campus: Career Counselor at (580) 335-5525

Advance Standing Credit Students will be given advanced standing credit for the following courses that have been completed with a grade of ‘C’ or better and validated by an official transcript from an accredited institution:

• Medical Terminology

Conditional Admission Requirements

Age: Applicant must be at least 18 years of age to attend clinical.

Physical Exam: Applicants must complete a physical exam on the form provided GPTC, complete with laboratory results, immunizations records, and physical clearance by a physician. All costs of physical, labs, and immunizations are the responsibility of the student. Any health related problems must be corrected and evidence of correction must be submitted. Students must be in good health and be free of any physical restrictions, as evidence by a physical exam, to participate in clinical activities. This will be addressed at the mandatory meeting.

Required Immunizations: Must be documented on a shot record or proven immunity by providing a positive titer. This will be addressed at the mandatory meeting.

• Hepatitis B - series of 3 injections or Positive Titer • MMR (measles, mumps, rubella) - series of 2 injections or Pos Titer • Varicella (chicken pox) - series of 2 injections or Positive Titer • Tetanus (TDaP) - within the last 10 years • 1 negative TB skin test or TB screening must be done yearly • Seasonal flu shot(Will be notified of when to get this done)

284 | P a g e

Conditional Admission Requirements Cont.

Drug Screen: Applicants will submit authorization allowing a facility, designated by GPTC, to test for the presence of illicit drugs. Applicant will be notified when and where the drug screen is to be completed. The cost is approximately $35.00 and is the responsibility of the student. Applicants with a positive drug screen will be denied admittance to the program.

Background Check: Criminal history and sex offender background checks are required to complete clinical requirements. (Uniform Clinical Contract - Clinical Rotation Agreement, developed January 2004 by the Statewide Taskforce, sponsored by the Oklahoma Hospital Association). Background checks are acceptable only when conducted by an agency authorized by GPTC. The cost is approximately $52.50 and is the responsibility of the student. GPTC reserves the right to do repeat background checks throughout the program.

Clinical Site Privilege: Criminal history records and self-disclosed information may be provided to clinical sites after program acceptance and throughout program enrollment. GPTC and clinical sites reserve the right to review any information that would have a bearing on the student’s ability to function safely in the clinical area. Clinical facilities may deny students access to clinical rotations upon the findings of the background check. While a criminal history does not necessarily disqualify an individual for admission into a program, clinical sites reserve the right to refuse clinical placement of any student. If not accepted by a clinical site, the school will make reasonable attempts to meet program objectives by providing alternative clinical sites. If alternative clinical sites cannot be arranged, program objectives cannot be completed and dismissal may result.

Financial Arrangements: Applicants must pay tuition and fees by prearranged deadlines. Financial aid arrangements will be accepted in lieu of payment. For more information on applying for financial aid (FASFA), VA benefits, scholarships, or utilizing other funding sources, contact the GPTC Financial Aid Coordinator at (580) 250-5534.

Mandatory Surg Tech Orientation Meeting: Applicants must attend a mandatory program orientation meeting that will be set for 2 weeks after class selection. Upon receiving your notification of acceptance, your enrollment will be contingent upon the completion of submitting all of the required documents and attendance at the mandatory meeting.

Surgical Technology Program Information

Philosophy: We, the faculty, believe that every individual is a unique creation and that it is our privilege and responsibility to help in the realization and fulfillment of each individual's accountability to self and humankind. There are two educations, one teaching us how to earn a living, and the other teaching us how to live. We subscribe to the belief that career

285 | P a g e

technology education is an essential part of the two educations. There is dignity in work, and that work is one of our best means of developing the intelligent use of our hands and minds. Education is a process by which belief and behavior patterns become a part of the student's personality. We wish the adult student to attain the fullest growth and development as a person, and as a contributing, self-directing, responsible member of society and the health care profession. We believe that Surgical Technologists offer a vital service to the total needs of the patient. Operating room service provides thorough, well-planned intervention, safe comprehensive support, and care for the patient undergoing a surgical procedure. This requires the ability to view the patient as a complete person with physical, psychosocial, and spiritual needs. The ultimate goal of surgical intervention is to restore the patient to optimum functioning or, in the case of some terminal illnesses, to achieve a peaceful death. The Surgical Technologist curriculum provides guided learning experiences in meeting these needs of the patient.

This course of study assists the student in acquiring the knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary to function as a member of the surgical team. Each student has an individual background to contribute to the profession. As knowledge, perception and understanding of patient care increases; the student's attitudes and behavior will change. The student should develop the responsibility to uphold the ideals of the health profession, and work toward its continued improvement. They will be viewed as true professionals and will find the task rewarding. GRADING STANDARDS Periodic evaluations of classroom and clinical performance are made so that the student will be aware of his/her status and can apply greater effort where indicated. Grading Scale: 93 - 100 = A Excellent 85 - 92 = B Above Satisfactory 77 - 84* = C Satisfactory 70 - 76 = D Below Satisfactory Below 70 = F Failure / Unsatisfactory * An 80% grade average is necessary to progress from one level to the next and to complete Surgical Technologist. (This does not reflect the school's guidelines, but has been approved by administration) GRADUATION STANDARDS Great Plains Technology Center recognizes the successful completion of the Surgical Technologist requirements by awarding a Certificate of Completion.

To be considered a Surgical Technologist completer by the graduation date, the student must successfully complete the 1185-hour Course of Study. This includes accomplishing a passing grade of 80% in all didactic course work & demonstration of all clinical competencies & proficiencies outlined in Levels I–III in the clinical handbook, and must scrub on a total of 140 documented surgical procedures. There is no refund for early Surgical Technologist completers.

286 | P a g e

GREAT PLAINS TECHNOLOGY CENTER COURSE OF STUDY Career Cluster: Health Science (HL) Career Pathway: Support Services (HL001) Program: Surgical Technologist (HL0010017) Program Hours: Adult Students: 1185 Hours Instructors: Name Office E-Mail Livia Rocha, RN (580) 250-5574 Lrocha@greatplains.edu Cherisse Martin, CST/SFA (580) 250-5681 CMartin@greatplains.edu Academic Credit: Adult Students: Transcript

Prerequisites: Must be a high school graduate or equivalent. Minimum age 18 and take the Next Generation ACCUPLACER exam.

Career Major Description:

Surgical technologists handle instruments, supplies and equipment necessary during the surgical procedure and work closely with surgeons, anesthesiologists, registered nurses, and other surgical personnel to deliver patient care before, during and after surgery. The major combines classroom instruction, laboratory practice, and clinical experience to ensure that each graduate meets entry-level competencies as a Surgical Technologist.

The Surgical Technologist Major is designed to prepare post-secondary adult students for entry-level employment as Surgical Technologists. The career major is structured to provide the students with a foundation in the basic sciences and subjects unique to the operating room. Upon completing the career major, the Graduate Surgical Technologist will be able to function as a member of the surgical team delivering direct patient care before, during, and after surgical intervention.

The instructional content, which is 1,185 hours of classroom and clinical instruction, is based on an occupational analysis of the surgical technology field, and is adjusted to reflect local employment; local employment needs as determined by the instructor, administrators, and advisory committee.

Upon successful completion of the career major, the Graduate will be eligible to sit for the National Surgical Technologist Certification Examination. The career major closely follows the guidelines of the Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology and Surgical Assisting and the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs.

287 | P a g e

Clinical Rotations:

Clinical rotation will be held at the following hospitals:

Lawton, OK - Comanche County Memorial Hospital

- Ambulatory Surgery Center of Southwestern Medical Center - Public Health Service – Lawton Indian Hospital - Southwestern Medical Center

Altus, OK - Jackson County Memorial Hospital

Duncan, OK - Duncan Regional Hospital

Hobart, OK - Elkview Hospital

Ardmore, OK - Mercy Healthcare

Career Major Goals:

The goal of the Great Plains Technology Center Surgical Technologist Career Major is to graduate Surgical Technologists of the highest quality who are prepared for entry into the healthcare profession as a competent entry-level surgical technologist with advanced cognitive (knowledge), psychomotor (skills), and affective (behavior) learning domains. Graduates will be motivated, self-confident, and exhibit ethical behavior.

Upon achieving the goals of this career major, students will:

• Integrate acquired knowledge and skills to the role of the surgical technologist in caring for the surgical patient

• Contribute effectively as a member of the surgical team to provide quality patient care • Comply with the policies and procedures established by the medical facility • Employ appropriate ethical and professional values while performing employment

responsibilities • Demonstrate cognitive development by passing the National Surgical Technologist

Certification Exam • Promote personal and professional accountability by assuming responsibility for continued

professional and educational growth Related Career Opportunities:

• Advancement to role of a surgical assistant • Employment as a product representative • Employment in material mangement or central supply area • Surgical Technology educator

Career Major Objectives:

The Surgical Technologist Major is designed to prepare the student to assume the responsibility to function in association with registered nurses, surgeons, and anesthesiologists to provide the best possible care for the surgical patient. A graduate of the Great Plains Technology Center Surgical Technologist Career Major will have the ability and skills to:

288 | P a g e

Level I – Specific Objectives

• Recognize, define, and differentiate between application of common and complex medical terms

• Analyze unfamiliar medical terms by applying knowledge of word parts • Interpret verbal and nonverbal communication by demonstrating effective communication

with instructors, classmates, and other surgical team members • Recognize, contrast, and compare anatomical structures using anatomic references to

identify body positions, planes, directions, cavities, and organs • Differentiate normal and abnormal physiological functions relating to types of diseases

and modes of disease transmission • Describe and practice proper safety techniques to prevent accidents and exposure to

blood-borne pathogens by consistently utilizing Standard Precautions in the classroom, lab, and clinical areas

• Demonstrate the cognitive understanding of the principles of asepsis by identifying and correcting breaks in technique during lab practice

• Identify the members of the surgical team and distinguishes between each members' role in the surgical intervention

• Understand the legal and ethical responsibilities and limitations of a surgical technologist by performing within the scope of the profession

• Demonstrate the related nursing procedures by practicing vital signs and analyze any abnormality in the results

• Identify and discuss the specific needs and care of patients with special or complex needs • Describe and demonstrate the pre-operative preparation to include obtaining an informed

surgical consent, transportation, positioning, clipping, and prepping of the surgical patient during the preoperative phase

• Apply mathematical principles to solve problems involving dosage calculations and other applied mathematical concepts

• Distinguish between surgical pharmacological agents and describe each classification's effect on the human body

• Contrast and compare methods, agents, and techniques of anesthesia administration • Discuss the anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology of basic surgical procedures • Analyze diagnostic and procedural steps for basic surgical procedures to include

identification of surgical incisions, care of specimen, and post-operative considerations • Identify the use of various supplies and equipment of the basic operating room • Identify the classification, names, parts, materials, finishes, and uses of the basic surgical

instrumentation • Apply knowledge of the basic instrumentation to specific surgical procedures while

practicing in lab setting • Demonstrate the steps of surgical scrubbing, gowning, and gloving • Demonstrate initial techniques for preparing instrumentation and supplies on the sterile

field • Employ the techniques, timing, methods, and legal responsibilities of counting

instruments, sponges, needles, and other countable items on the sterile field • Apply cognitive and psychomotor knowledge to Clinical Practicum I

289 | P a g e

Level II – Specific Objectives

• Integrate cognitive knowledge and psychomotor skills acquired from Level I to enhance proficiencies

• Analyze diagnostic and procedural steps for basic and complex surgical procedures to include identification of surgical incisions, care of specimen, and post-operative considerations by completing a weekly Surgical Case Management Plan

• Performing all essential activities of surgical patient care utilizing the principles of aseptic technique, critical thinking, and problem solving in order to adapt to the changing surgical environment

• Discuss the anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology of basic and complex surgical procedures

• Assimilate knowledge of procedural step by selecting and organizing instruments, equipment, and supplies for the delivery of patient care during the basic and complex surgical procedures with limited assistance of another team member

• Demonstrate an understanding of electricity by applying safe patient care practices in the operating room

• Demonstrate an understanding of robotics by applying technology to safe patient care practices in the operating room

• Demonstrate an understanding of the principles of physics to safe patient care practices in the operating room

• Apply cognitive and psychomotor knowledge to Clinical Practicum II

Level III – Specific Objectives

• Integrate cognitive knowledge and psychomotor skills acquired from Level II to enhance proficiencies

• Demonstrate the ability to prioritize procedural steps and independently organize the surgical field, while considering the relevant anatomy and physiology on all surgical procedures

• Apply principles of professional communication in a variety of demanding situations • Utilizing decision-making and problem solving skills in the application of Surgical

Technology principles • Demonstrate professional behavior consistent with legal requirements and ethical

expectations consistent with the AST Code of Ethics • Formulate a plan for personal and professional growth by preparing a career portfolio and

obtaining a position as a competent entry level Surgical Technologists • Demonstrate achievement of advance cognitive, psychomotor, and affective skills from

the Surgical Technologist Career Major core curriculum by successfully passing the National Surgical Technology certification exam

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

Course # Course Name ADT ADL Total

HL00342 Core Medical Terminology 45 0 45

290 | P a g e

Medical Terminology is designed to develop in the students a working knowledge of the language of medicine. Students acquire word building skills by learning prefixes, suffixes, roots and abbreviations. By relating terms to body systems, students identify proper uses of words in a medical environment. Knowledge of medical terminology enhances students’ ability to successfully secure employment or pursue advanced education in healthcare.

HL00597 Anatomy 40 20 60

Anatomy is the study of the structure and shape of the body and their relationships to one another. This course includes both gross anatomy (anatomy of the large body structures), as well as microscopic anatomy (anatomy of body structures too small to be seen with the naked eye).

HL00598 Physiology 40 20 60

Human physiology, a branch of general physiology, is concerned with how the human body works. This course will approach the study through an organ-system approach. Organ-systems are collections of cells, tissues, and organs which have dedicated functions in the body.

HL00034 Surgical Technology Orientation 15 0 15

Surgical Technology Orientation includes the basic safety concepts, individual learning styles, introduction to information technology and review of the surgical technology handbook.

HL00047 Core Employability Skills 30 0 30

In this course students learn how employability skills enhance their employment opportunities and job satisfaction. Students are introduced to key employability skills and will learn the importance of maintaining and upgrading skills as needed.

HL00112 Introduction to Surgical Technology 30 0 30

This course is designed to provide information introducing the student to the roles and responsibilities of the surgical team and the health care system. Students will explore the ethical and legal concepts and professional responsibilities of the surgical technology field.

HL00537 Disaster and Emergency Preparedness 15 0 15

This course includes these aspects of emergency preparedness and disaster training: preparation and planning, detection and communication, incident management and support systems, safety and security, clinical/public health assessment and intervention, contingency, continuity and recovery and public health law and ethics. This is a new course for surgical technology, however it could be offered in any career major.

HL00144 Essentials of Surgical Asepsis 32 28 60

This course will introduce the student to the principles and practices of aseptic technique, scrubbing, gowning, gloving, sterilization and disinfection. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to discuss and demonstrate the principles of aseptic technique.

291 | P a g e

HL00145 Surgical Case Management 48 72 120

This course will introduce the student to the supplies and equipment that are an integral part of their training as a Surgical Technologist, including instrumentation, suture, sponges, drains, counts, and the sterile field and draping of sterile field. Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to demonstrate competency in using supplies and equipment in the surgical environment.

HL00202 Surgical Tech Practicum I 0 30 30

Surgical Technologist Practicum I is an introduction to principles of surgical conscience in preparation for patient care. This course provides observational and practical experiences in the laboratory setting and/or clinical environment.

HL00113 Surgical Patient Care 35 10 45

Upon completion of this course the student will be able to demonstrate patient care skills in the surgical environment. The course enables the student to develop techniques used to safely transport, position, and prep the patient for surgery, and the proper care of surgical specimens. Students will apply these skills across the lifespan and to patients with complex needs.

HL00203 Surgical Pharmacology 30 0 30

This course familiarizes the student with the various drugs used in surgery and their administration. The student will demonstrate an understanding of basic anesthesia equipment, drugs, and methods in order to function effectively in the surgical setting. Upon course completion the student may assist the anesthesia personnel if required.

HL00204 Microbiology and Wound Healing 30 0 30

This course is designed to provide the student with a basic background in microbiology. This course will provide a better understanding of the relationship between microorganisms and the maintenance of health and/or the prevention of disease. The course of study includes a general introduction to microbiology, infection/immunology, and wound healing

HL00114 Surgical Procedures I 90 0 90

This course is designed to provide instruction in basic, intermediate, and advanced core procedures outlined in the Core Curriculum for Surgical Technologists by the Association of Surgical Technologists. The student will be able to apply and demonstrate the concepts related to the following surgical procedures: General, Obstetric and Gynecological, Genitourinary, Otorhinolarynologic, and Orthopedic Surgery.

HL00205 Surgical Procedures II 75 0 75

This course is designed to provide instruction in basic, intermediate and advanced specialty procedures outlined in the Core Curriculum for Surgical Technologists by the Association of Surgical Technologists. The student should be able to apply and demonstrate the concepts

292 | P a g e

related to each of the following surgical procedures: Neurosurgery, Cardiothoracic, Peripheral Vascular, Oral, Maxilofacial, Plastic and Opthalmic Surgery.

HL00207 Surgical Tech Practicum II 0 210 210

This course provides clinical experience in the surgical environment. The student assumes responsibility as the first scrub role, handling instruments and supplies and equipment necessary for the surgical procedure. Emphasis is placed on core surgical procedures.

HL00208 Surgical Tech Practicum III 0 240 240

This course provides advanced clinical experience in the surgical environment with minimal assistance. Students will prepare for and complete the national certification exam.

Career Major Total: Theory Lab/Clinical Total

Adult Student: 595 590 1185

Evaluation Policy: As a formative evaluation tool the Surgical Technologist Program utilizes a program learning/management system called “Moodle” to provide feedback of didactic knowledge, skills performance evaluations and course information to the students. The grade book portion of Moodle records students’ test results, and provides immediate feedback and a detailed breakdown of responses to different questions. Examples of formative evaluation tools used by the program to measure cognitive, psychomotor and affective behaviors include journaling, group discussions (question and answering sessions), pop quizzes, Study-ware quizzes and textbook assignments, workbook assignments, individual lab skill check-offs and weekly clinical evaluations feedback. An example of summative evaluation tools utilized by the Surgical Technologist Program to assess the student’s overall progress includes a final comprehensive examination for each course within the program. Prior to the start of the clinical portion of the program, each student’s lab skills performance is evaluated by a faculty member and a clinical preceptor using a clearly defined performance rubric. Feedback and discussion of performance evaluation is provided immediately after skills assessment in a formal meeting with each student, clinical preceptor/evaluator, clinical instructor, and the Program Director. The evaluation tool verifying the post-evaluation conference includes the date and signatures of the student, evaluator, and program faculty. Documentation of all completed student evaluations are maintained in each student’s permanent file. Other clinical evaluation tools include weekly clinical evaluations, clinical case verifications, case study assignments, clinical logs and daily informal student feedback.

293 | P a g e

Periodic evaluations of classroom and clinical performance are made so that the student will be aware of his/her status and can apply greater effort where indicated. Grading Standards: Periodic evaluations of classroom and clinical performance are made so that the student will be aware of his/her status and can apply greater effort where indicated. Didactic Grading Scale The grading scale as adopted by the Board of Educations is as follows: A = 93 - 100 B = 85 - 92 C = 77 - 84* D = 70 - 76 F = 60 and Below Each individual course, as outlined in the Surgical Technologist program, will be given a separate theory grade based on the following categories: Homework Grades ................................... 5% of final grade Final Exam Grades................................. 20% of final grade Employability Grades ............................... 5% of final grade Lab Grades .............................................. 5% of final grade Clinical Grades ....................................... 30% of final grade Test Grades ........................................... 30% of final grade Quiz Grades ............................................. 5% of final grade *Students are required to maintain an 80% average in each course taught to pass from one level to the next in each semester and to complete the Surgical Technologist Program. Assignments turned in late results in 10 points loss on assignment grade. Late assignments, in excess of 1 week (7 consecutive days to include the weekend) will result in a “0” for that assignment grade. If student is absent the day that assignments are made, it is the student’s responsibility to contact instructor to review material covered during class or clinical and receive assignment, exams, or worksheets given. Exams should be made up immediately upon return to class, unless advanced arrangements have been made with the instructor. Students must take exam within one week of the missed examination date. Any student missing an exam will have 10 points deducted from the makeup exam. If student fails to make up the exam during the specified time frame, it will result in a “0” for that exam grade. (It is the student’s responsibility to make arrangements with the instructor for examination makeups.) If a didactic examination results in the student’s GPA falling below 80%, the student will be notified of this and allowed to remediate and retest. The student must retest within a week (7 consecutive days to include the weekend). The first and second test will be added together and divided by two for final grade. After remediation, if an 80% is not attained within the allotted time, the student will be placed on academic probation for a

294 | P a g e

period of 2 weeks. If the student fails to achieve an 80% GPA after the probation period, the student will be recommended for dismissed from the program. Academic didactic probation is used to provide the student with extra credit work, (20 points maximum) one time per semester per each course, in order to gain knowledge and experience necessary in deficient surgical technology concepts to raise his/her grade up to the required academic standard of the 80% GPA, but not to exceed the 80%. Specific requirements, during a counseling session, of the academic didactic probation, will be given to the student in writing. The student will be solely responsible for contacting instructors and getting extra credit work, scheduling of tutoring, individual instruction and verifying the time period for improving his/her grade. The academic didactic probation is in place to encourage students to seek extra help from instructor to continue improving future exam or assignment grades. Extra credit work must be turned in within two weeks after the written academic probation counsel, or student will forfeit points. If the final exam brings a student’s final academic didactic GPA below the 80% in a course, then the student will be recommended for dismissal from the Surgical Technologist Program, regardless of prior probationary status. TESTS, GRADES, AND EVALUATION Students may access grades at https://www.gptech.org/grades ID = first initial of first name and last name, all in caps. Ex. Jim Smith = JSMITH PIN = last 4 numbers of your SSN. At the end of the academic didactic, clinical, or disciplinary probation period, students not meeting the minimum standards established in the written counseling may be recommended for dismissal from the program. CLINICAL GRADING POLICY:

• Level II-III grades are derived from the clinical evaluation. • Grades will be awarded by achievement of clinical objectives. • There is a total of two hundred fifty-eight points possible for each clinical week. • The grading system will be sub-divided into 3 main areas. • Attendance – Five per day, Twenty possible per week. • Professional Accountability – Twenty four possible points per week. • Case Management Accountabilities – One hundred and four possible points per

week. • The student will be required to complete one Case Management Plan per week

worth one hundred possible points. • The student will receive ten points each week for completion of the Surgical

Procedure Case Log (Checklist) and the Clinical Data Totals Form.

295 | P a g e

LEVEL I – PERFORMANCE CHECK OFFS Performance Evaluation grades are given in Level I for skills in Essentials of Surgical Asepsis, Surgical Patient Care, and Surgical Case Management. Once student has completed practice on a specific skill, the following process will evaluate the student. Performance evaluation - Once the student has satisfactorily completed the skill, the student will be rated using the following rubric. If the student's performance is unacceptable, the student will be allowed to review the material and perform skill for evaluation again. A total of 3 tries will be allowed. Student must pass each skill evaluation attempt with a score of 100%. LABORATORY SKILLS EVALUATION RUBRIC A. Successful – 3 points

Student is able to perform skills, following specified guidelines provided in class, independently (without guidance or suggestions from instructor), and should be able to identify own errors and correct errors without intervention from instructor.

B. Needs Work – 2 points

Student is able to perform skills, following specified guidelines provided in class, with minimal guidance or cuing (suggestions) from instructor. Student is able to identify own errors but requires assistance from instructor in correcting errors.

C. Not Successful – 0 points Student requires multiple cues/guidance from instructor to perform skill, following specific guidelines in class. Requires assistance from instructor to identify errors. Student is able to perform skills during a second testing time with minimal guidance or cuing.

Make-Up Work Policy: All Make-Up Work Is The Responsibility Of The Student. Make-up work will be handled as specified in the Student Handbook. Please be sure to read and understand all student policies, especially make-up of assignments, tests and employability due to absences. Students should always arrange for any make-up work with the instructor as per the Student Handbook. Students should keep track of his or her progress and grades. Attendance Policy: For specific information related to attendance and tardiness refer to the Student Handbook. Students should keep a written record of their absences and tardiness. Course Requirements and Expectations: The general course requirements and expectations include:

• Be able to bend, walk, and stand for long periods of time • Be able to lift, carry, push, and handle equipment, supplies, or patients exceeding

25 pounds

296 | P a g e

• Be able to work in environmental temperatures from 60 degrees to 80 degrees Fahrenheit range

• Be aware that exposure to latex gloves may cause the development of allergic reactions

• Be aware that their skin should be clear and free of conditions which would impair the integrity of skin

• Must demonstrate ability to functionally perceive the nature of sounds and the spoken word, may use adaptive techniques or devices

• Must demonstrate ability to functionally express self orally and/or in writing • Must be able to demonstrate the functional ability to obtain impressions of shape,

size, and motion by passing routine vision screening and to distinguish red and green colors, adaptive devices may be used

• Adhere to the policies and procedures as outlined in the Great Plains Technology Center Adult Student Handbook

• Successfully complete the National Certification Exam Student Behavior Includes:

• Student will demonstrate responsibility by being punctual and adhering to daily attendance requirements.

• Student will demonstrate responsibility for academic achievement by completing all required course work.

• Student will use appropriate language and effective communication skills, avoid gossip, and demonstrate patient and peer confidentiality.

• Student will maintain personal safety by wearing safety glasses and lead aprons. Student must practice sharp(s) precautions and must follow standard precautions at all times during lab and clinical practicum.

NOTE: For additional information or questions regarding the GPTC School policies and procedures, please refer to the Student Handbook and/or the Instructor. Industry Alignments:

• National Board of Surgical Technology and Surgical Assisting (NBSTA) • Central Board for Sterile Processing and Distribution (CBSPD) • National Consortium of Health Science Technology Education (NCHSTE)

Certification Outcomes: Tier 1 – Certifications Recognized, Administered and/or Endorsed by Industry

• NBSTSA: Certified Surgical Technologist (CST) (8711) • National Center for Competency Testing (NCCT) Tech in Surgery Certified

CIP Code and SOC Code Crosswalk:

• CIP Code - 51.0909 • SOC Code - 29-2055.00

297 | P a g e

Instructional Materials and Supplies: Students are required to purchase the following list of textbooks and/or supplemental reference materials. The prices listed are approximate and subject to change. Textbooks: Ehrlich, Ann, and Carol L. Schroeder. Medical Terminology for Health Professions. 8th

ed. 978-1305634350. Clifton Park: Delmar Cengage Learning, 2013. ($89.00) **Fuller, Joanna R. Surgical Technology: Principles and Practice Textbook. 7th ed. 978-

0-323-39473-4. St. Louis: Saunders/Elsevier, 2017. ($157.00) **Nemitz, Renee. Surgical Instrumentation: An Interactive Approach. 2nd ed. 978-

1455707195. St. Louis: Saunders/Elsevier, 2013. ($79.00) **Phillips, Nancymarie. Berry & Kohn’s Operating Room Technique. 13th ed. 978-

0323399265. St. Louis: Saunders/Elsevier, 2014. ($167.00) **Vaughn, Dean. Medical Terminology 350: Learning Guide. 2nd ed. 978-0914901129.

Walpole: DCM Instructional Systems, 2013. ($30.00) CIMC-Career and Instructional Material Center **Introduction to Surgical Technology. 4th ed. HO3018. Stillwater: MAVCC, 2014. ($74.00) **Surgical Techniques, Student Edition. 4th ed. HO3019. Stillwater: MAVCC, 2014. ($68.00) **Books students need up front

SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM ANNUAL REPORT

Reporting Year Academic year # of students

Enrolled # of Students

Graduated % of Students

Graduated

2017 8-1-16- 5-31-17 17 14 85%

Certified Surgical Technologist (CST) Exam Participation And Pass Rate: ARC/STSA Threshold

For The CST Exam Is 100% Participation Rate And 70% Pass Rate.

Completion Date

# of Students Graduated

# of Students Who Took CST Exam

# of Students Who Passed CST

Exam

% of Students Who Passed CST

Exam

2017 13 13 10 77%

298 | P a g e

Application Checklist

Step 1: Submit the following required documents to GPTC student support

services office. All documentation must be submitted by 4pm on the application deadline.

Completed Application Official high school transcript, high school equivalency scores (HiSET or GED),

or official college transcript with a conferred degree of Associate’s level or higher

Current American Heart Association Basic Life Support or Healthcare Provider CPR certification

Next-Generation Accuplacer testing scores less than 3 years from the application deadline or ACT testing scores less than 5 years from the application deadline

Step 2: Submit all Optional Admission documents by 4pm on the application deadline.

Lawton Campus: 4500 SW Lee Boulevard, Lawton, Oklahoma 73505 Frederick Campus: 2001 E. Gladstone, Frederick, Oklahoma 73542

Step 3: How Am I Slotted:

Admission to the Surgical Technologist program is based on the highest number of points earned by qualified applicants. Qualified applicants who reside within the Great Plains Technology Center district will be considered for admission to the Surg Tech program prior to qualified applicants who do not reside within the Great Plains Technology Centers district.

Step 4: How Am I Notified:

Applicants will be notified of acceptance within 10 business days of the application deadline by phone call, email, or the US Postal Service. In the event of a change of address, phone number or email address, it is the applicant’s responsibility to update their information.

Step 5: Upon Acceptance: Upon notification of acceptance in the Surg Tech program, the applicant will be required to provide documentation of negative drug screen and background check from a designated provider. Further information on physical and required immunizations will given at the mandatory meeting.

299 | P a g e

300 | P a g e

The following courses and programs are not accredited by the Council of Occupational Education and/or are not eligible for Title IV Financial Aid:

• Adult Basic Education (formerly GED)

• Diagnostic Aide & Nurse Assistant

• Financial Clerk

• Nursing Assistant

• PLTW—Biomedical Science & Medicine

• PLTW—Pre-Engineering

• Service Careers

• Teacher Prep

• School of Career Opportunities and Real Education (Dropout Recovery Program)

• All short-term courses offered through Adult Career Development—course offerings change by semester under the following career clusters: Business and Office; Child Care; Computer; General Interest (hobby courses); Health and Medical; Professional Development; Public Safety; Security Guard; and Trade and Industrial.